WO2021029086A1 - Digital smart guide security system, method, and program - Google Patents

Digital smart guide security system, method, and program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021029086A1
WO2021029086A1 PCT/JP2019/032278 JP2019032278W WO2021029086A1 WO 2021029086 A1 WO2021029086 A1 WO 2021029086A1 JP 2019032278 W JP2019032278 W JP 2019032278W WO 2021029086 A1 WO2021029086 A1 WO 2021029086A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
person
destination
visitor
information
image
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/032278
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
和夫 三輪
Original Assignee
株式会社 テクノミライ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社 テクノミライ filed Critical 株式会社 テクノミライ
Priority to JP2020500762A priority Critical patent/JPWO2021029086A1/en
Publication of WO2021029086A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021029086A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q50/00Information and communication technology [ICT] specially adapted for implementation of business processes of specific business sectors, e.g. utilities or tourism
    • G06Q50/10Services

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a digital smart guide security system, a method and a program for taking a picture of a security area with a surveillance camera to prevent crime.
  • Patent Document 1 states, "In-building guidance system (claim 1) that transmits guidance information including a destination location and a user's current location to a mobile phone based on the sent destination location information and the location information of the mobile phone. "Is described. The technology of Patent Document 1 provides in-building guidance services such as automatic call registration of elevators, guidance to destinations, and contact with companions at meeting places by acquiring human location information using mobile phones and the like. It is related to the guidance system in the building to be provided.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a digital smart guide security system, method and program that can prevent unauthorized entry by a suspicious person and guide the user to a destination without imposing a burden on the user. is there.
  • the digital smart guide security system acquires information on a destination where a person or a vehicle goes at the entrance or inside of a security area, and a destination acquisition means for acquiring an image of the person or the vehicle, and security. It is characterized by including an identification means for identifying a person or a vehicle in the area by an image, and a guide means for guiding the person or the vehicle identified by the identification means to the destination.
  • the guidance means is adjusted to the distance between the position of the destination acquisition means and the position of the elevator and the time corresponding to the walking speed of the person from the time when the destination acquisition means acquires the information about the destination where the person goes.
  • the destination acquisition means aims at collating the face information and / or body feature information of a person in the video with the face information and / or body feature information accumulated in association with the section identification information of the section to which the person belongs. By acquiring the location, the destination location can be acquired based on highly accurate face recognition and / or recognition of body feature information.
  • the destination acquisition means acquires the destination location in response to the unlocking of the auto lock
  • the acquisition of the destination location can be automated, and prompt processing (prevention of unauthorized entry and guidance of the destination location) can be performed. It can be carried out.
  • multiple auto-lock devices For example, 1 to n units.
  • the destination acquisition means acquires the destination location by photographing the display of the auto-lock device, so that a system can be retrofitted to the existing auto-lock device.
  • the visitor can be selected and guided to the destination.
  • the above guidance is an alarm that tells that the area is off limits, so that a suspicious person (intruder) can be effectively repelled.
  • the identification means recognizes a fire or a sign thereof by a camera that captures an image of a person or a vehicle in the security area, and the guidance means gives a fire warning based on the recognition result of the identification means.
  • Fire alerts are also issued at any time during the digital smart guide security operation, so fire alerts can be multiplexed to further enhance the safety of residents and visitors. Moreover, since no new member is added, it can be carried out at low cost.
  • the digital smart guide security method includes a destination acquisition step of acquiring information about a destination where a person or a vehicle goes at the entrance or inside of a security area, and a destination acquisition step of acquiring an image of the person or the vehicle, and security. It is characterized by including an identification step for identifying a person or a vehicle in the area by an image, and a guidance step for guiding the person or the vehicle identified by the identification step to the destination.
  • the present invention uses a computer as a destination acquisition means for acquiring information about a destination where a person or a vehicle goes at the entrance or inside of a security area, and for acquiring an image of the person or the vehicle, and a person or a person in the security area. It functions as a digital smart guide security system characterized by comprising an identification means for identifying a vehicle by an image and a guidance means for guiding a person or a vehicle identified by the identification means to the destination. It is a program for.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a digital smart guide security system according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first embodiment is an example applied to a residence, a condominium and an office.
  • This digital smart guide security system is suitable for application to business establishments that require a high degree of management, such as residences, corporate offices, factories, research institutes, information processing rooms, and money collection rooms.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 includes surveillance cameras 11 (photographing means) installed in various places in the security area, human sensor 20 and Wi-Fi installed in the security area. Controls the entire system, including the (Wireless Fidelity) terminal (hereinafter referred to as "Wi-Fi master unit") 30, the beacon master unit 40, and the mobile terminal device 50 (ID (Identification) terminal) carried by related parties (family members).
  • the monitoring device 100 and the AI (Artificial Intelligence) accelerator (Accelerator) 200 (recognition means) are provided.
  • the security area is a security area (security target area), and includes, for example, a site, a front door and a balcony for a residence, and an elevator hall, a balcony and a window for an office.
  • the monitoring device 100 is installed in the security area, it may be installed outside via a network (not shown).
  • a network not shown.
  • the monitoring device 100 is installed on a server on the network, a plurality of security areas can be monitored.
  • the surveillance camera 11 captures an image (two-dimensional) of the security area specified in two dimensions or three dimensions.
  • a part or all of the surveillance camera 11 is a PTZ camera having a PTZ (pan / tilt / zoom) function, and is remotely controlled by the surveillance device 100.
  • the surveillance cameras 11 are installed around the outer wall of the security target building, for example, at the entrance / exit where an intruder can enter / exit, the window opening, the outer periphery of the site boundary, and the corresponding site area.
  • the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 is output to the surveillance device 100 and recorded in the recording unit 160.
  • the motion sensor 20 is a thermo camera, an infrared camera, or the like, and detects the temperature of a sensing object in the security area to detect a suspicious person in the security area.
  • the Wi-Fi master unit 30 exchanges information with the Wi-Fi slave unit 51 of the mobile terminal device 50 using Wi-Fi. Further, the Wi-Fi master unit 30 can acquire position information by Wi-Fi positioning, that is, can acquire the position information of the Wi-Fi slave unit 51 by using the Wi-Fi access point and a predetermined position information service.
  • the beacon master unit 40 is a BLE transmitter installed at a front door or the like and transmits a beacon signal containing an individual identification code by BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy).
  • BLE is a wireless technology that detects proximity.
  • the BLE is composed of a combination of a beacon master unit 40, which is a beacon device on the transmitting side, and an application of a mobile terminal device 50 (corresponding to the beacon slave unit 52 described later) that supports reception of radio waves from the beacon master unit 40.
  • the BLE transmits unique ID information necessary for identification and reacts only to the application associated with the ID information of the mobile terminal device 50.
  • the application of the mobile terminal device 50 registers the same identifier as the beacon master unit 40.
  • the application (beacon slave unit 52) of the mobile terminal device 50 stands by in the background by executing an application equipped with a BLE function, and excites a predetermined action when approaching the beacon of the beacon master unit 40.
  • the mobile terminal device 50 is carried by a family member or the like.
  • the mobile terminal device 50 is, for example, a smartphone 50a, a tablet 50b, a notebook computer 50c, or the like.
  • the mobile terminal device 50 is also a mobile phone, a PHS (Personal Handy-Phone System), a PDA (Personal Digital Assistants), a dedicated terminal, or the like.
  • the mobile terminal device 50 can be used by a family member or the like in various places (that is, the current position), and can receive an e-mail or a video including a moving image from the monitoring device 100 via a telephone line (not shown). Is.
  • the mobile terminal device 50 assumes the use of a smartphone 50a (ID terminal), and each individual can use it in various places (that is, the current position).
  • One of the mobile terminal devices 50 is located at a security company (not shown).
  • the smartphone 50a has a digital smart guide security application (hereinafter referred to as "security application").
  • security application When the security application is started by the background processing of each application, for example, the communication carrier network (fixed network and mobile phone communication network), the web service cloud 300 (see FIG. 3 below), or the Internet 303 (see FIG. 3 below).
  • the communication carrier network fixed network and mobile phone communication network
  • the web service cloud 300 see FIG. 3 below
  • the Internet 303 see FIG. 3 below.
  • the smartphone 50a can notify a telop in which a suspicious person is detected on a standby screen or the like.
  • the smartphone 50a includes a Wi-Fi individual identification device (hereinafter referred to as a "Wi-Fi slave unit") 51, and a GPS 53 that captures the position thereof.
  • the smartphone 50a may be provided with the beacon slave unit 52.
  • the smartphone 50a may include any one of the Wi-Fi slave unit 51, the beacon slave unit 52, and the GPS 53.
  • the Wi-Fi slave unit 51 receives and individually identifies the radio waves of the Wi-Fi master unit 30 installed in the business facility.
  • the monitoring device 100 stores the arrangement information of the Wi-Fi master unit 30 installed in the facility as safety-related information.
  • the Wi-Fi slave unit 51 approaches the Wi-Fi master unit 30, it is possible to determine the ID and position of the person who carries the mobile terminal device 50.
  • the beacon slave unit 52 is an application of the mobile terminal device 50 that supports reception of radio waves from the beacon master unit 40.
  • the beacon master unit 40 transmits a beacon (unique ID information necessary for identification), and the application (beacon slave unit 52) of the mobile terminal device 50 excites a predetermined action when approaching the beacon of the beacon master unit 40. To do.
  • the GPS 53 receives radio waves of position information from GPS satellites and the like.
  • the GPS 53 acquires the position information by calculating the current position information as three parameters of latitude, longitude and altitude from the information received via the GPS antenna.
  • the acquired position information is timely transmitted to the monitoring device 100.
  • an example using GPS satellites is shown as a means for acquiring position information, but a method using a positional relationship with a base station other than GPS may also be used.
  • a method using a positional relationship with a base station other than GPS may also be used.
  • the mobile terminal device 50 which is a mobile terminal
  • a base station and a mobile phone communication network are used in place of or in combination with GPS53. It is also possible to send and receive information to and from the mobile phone company server via the mobile phone company and acquire the current location information of the own terminal from the proximity confirmation.
  • location information acquisition by Wi-Fi positioning that is, location information acquisition using a Wi-Fi access point and a predetermined location information service may be used.
  • the monitoring device 100 is installed in a residence or a building common area of a person concerned (for example, a family member) and centrally manages the security area.
  • the monitoring device 100 may be a general server computer, a personal computer (PC), or the like.
  • the monitoring device 100 includes a control unit 110, an input unit 120, a storage unit 130, a display unit 140, an output unit 150, a recording unit 160 (recording means), and a registrant information / suspicious person information DB (database). It includes 165, a tracking DB 166, an image processing unit 170, an interface (I / F) unit 180, and a communication unit 190, and each unit is connected by a bus 195.
  • control unit 110 shall read each program from the ROM as necessary, load it into the RAM, and execute each function (described later).
  • Each program may be stored in the storage unit 130 in advance, or may be incorporated into the monitoring device 100 when necessary via another storage medium or communication medium.
  • the control unit 110 is composed of a CPU (Central Processing Unit) and the like, controls the entire monitoring device 100, executes a control program, and functions as a digital smart guide security system. The detailed configuration of the control unit 110 will be described later.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • the input unit 120 is an input device for the user of the monitoring device 100 to input instructions and the like, such as a keyboard, a mouse, a touch panel and a microphone provided on the screen of the display unit 140.
  • the storage unit 130 includes memories such as ROM (Read Only Memory), RAM (Random Access Memory), and EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), and stores various data and programs used by the control unit 110.
  • the storage unit 130 stores still images or moving images received from the surveillance camera 11, various data and programs used by the control unit 110, and the like.
  • the display unit 140 displays the operating status of the monitoring device 100, the image received from the monitoring camera 11, the GUI (Graphical User Interface) for operating the monitoring device 100, and the like.
  • the output unit 150 is, for example, an interface, which outputs an audio signal from the monitoring device 100 to the acoustic system 155 (guidance means) in the security area, and also outputs a voice signal to the guide monitor 156 (guidance means).
  • the image signal from 100 is output.
  • an audio signal output from the monitoring device 100 to the acoustic system 155 for example, an audio signal input from an audio input device such as a microphone provided in the input unit 120, or music data stored in the storage unit 130 is controlled by the control unit. 110 may be the reproduced audio signal.
  • the sound system 155 includes an amplifier and a plurality of speakers arranged on the premises, and emits a signal input from the monitoring device 100 into the security area.
  • the guide monitor 156 may be a TV or a movable tablet.
  • the recording unit 160 is composed of an external storage device such as an HDD (Hard Disk Drive), and records an image in the security area taken by the surveillance camera 11.
  • the recording unit 160 records high image quality for a predetermined short time after shooting, converts it to low image quality after the predetermined short time elapses, and records for a predetermined long time.
  • the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 stores registrant information such as family members, guardians, and visitors, and suspicious person information.
  • the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 accumulates face images (face information) of the registrant and the suspicious person as a face information DB (not shown).
  • the face information of the registrant is accumulated in association with the lot identification information (for example, the house number in the case of an apartment, the room number in the case of a research institute, etc.).
  • the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 may accumulate the accident history and the action history in association with the face information of the suspicious person as the accident history / action history DB.
  • Basic data such as the face of a person registered in the face information DB and the accident history / action history DB is obtained from the headquarters, the head office, a security company, etc., which are not shown, via the I / F section 180, and the face.
  • An information DB is constructed.
  • mutual face information DB can be updated to the latest face image (face information) by exchanging information with the headquarters, head office, security company, etc. (not shown).
  • the tracking DB166 accumulates tracking facial / physical features such as a human face and physical features used in the AI accelerator 200. Moreover, in the case of a vehicle, the appearance is accumulated.
  • an image correspondence DB (not shown) that stores each position in two dimensions of the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 and each position in the three-dimensional space taken by the surveillance camera 11 in association with each other.
  • the control unit 110 stores the shape defined in the three-dimensional space in the image correspondence DB in association with it by a projection transformation that projects it on a two-dimensional surface.
  • the image correspondence DB may use a part of the memory area of the storage unit 130.
  • the image processing unit 170 is composed of a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) or the like, and performs predetermined processing on the received image. Predetermined processing includes contour extraction, image resizing, resolution conversion processing, and the like.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • the image captured by the surveillance camera 11 in 1 second is, for example, a 5-frame image, the 1/5 second image, the 2/5 second image, the 3/5 second image, the 4/5 second image, and the 5/5 second image.
  • the size of the moving object can be known by inputting the outer shape line of the object in the motion of 10 images.
  • the image processing unit 170 processes the image data taken by the surveillance camera 11 and outputs the image in the security area.
  • the I / F unit 180 connects each surveillance camera 11 arranged in the security area with the surveillance device 100. Further, the I / F unit 180 is connected to a headquarters, a head office, a security company, etc. (not shown) by a network or a dedicated line.
  • the communication unit 190 transmits / receives data to / from the mobile terminal device 50 via the base station.
  • the communication unit 190 has a wireless communication function, and is connected to a control board using, for example, a UART (Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter).
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the control unit 110 of the digital smart guide security system 1000 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 is composed of a CPU (Central Processing Unit) or the like, controls the entire monitoring device 100, executes a control program, and functions as a digital smart guide security system.
  • the control unit 110 includes a destination acquisition unit 111 (destination acquisition means), an identification unit 112 (recognition means), a guidance unit 113 (guidance means), an ID terminal detection unit 114 (ID terminal detection means), and an ID terminal registration.
  • a unit 115 (ID terminal registration means) and a reporting unit 116 (reporting means) are provided.
  • the control unit 110 determines whether or not the person has the ID terminal (mobile terminal device 50; smartphone 50a) detected by the ID terminal detection unit 114 (a person who has a predetermined ID such as a family member). ..
  • the control unit 110 excludes the person who possesses the ID terminal detected by the ID terminal detection unit 114 from the suspicious person.
  • the control unit 110 refers to the registrant information DB 165 to determine whether or not the person has the ID terminal (ID of the visitor or the like) registered by the ID terminal registration unit 115, and determines whether or not the person has the ID terminal (ID of the visitor or the like). ) Is excluded from suspicious persons.
  • the control unit 110 determines the risk of intrusion based on the position of a person or vehicle in the security area. For example, the risk of intrusion is determined based on where the intruder is on the security belts, the yellow belt Y, the orange belt O, and the red belt R (see FIGS. 6, 9 to 12).
  • the control unit 110 performs an image or voice dialogue or a voice warning according to the degree of danger.
  • the control unit 110 is based on the two-dimensional position of the person and the size of the person (particularly the size of the head of the person) identified by the person detection, and the three-dimensional space of the person by the image correspondence DB (not shown). Detect the position inside. Specifically, the control unit 110 reads out the projected shape that has been defined and stored in advance as the shape projected in the three-dimensional space from the image correspondence DB. The control unit 110 back-projects the shape defined in the three-dimensional space onto the two-dimensional plane based on the two-dimensional image of the person detected in the security area and the size of the person. The control unit 110 detects the three-dimensional position by performing a back-projection transformation from the image of one surveillance camera 11.
  • the three-dimensional position can be detected based on the two-dimensional image taken by one surveillance camera 11 and the size information of the detected person.
  • the destination acquisition unit 111 acquires information on the destination where a person or a vehicle goes, and acquires the video. If it is a person, specifically, the destination acquisition unit 111 acquires the destination location based on the unlocking of the auto lock (for example, unlocking from the dwelling unit, unlocking at the entrance).
  • the auto-lock system of the condominium automatically locks the door at the entrance (shared entrance) of the building, and the resident can enter the building after confirming the visitor by calling and video of the intercom.
  • the identification unit 112 identifies a person or a vehicle in the security area by video. In addition, the identification unit 112 detects a fire or a sign of fire from the image taken by the surveillance camera 11. The identification unit 112 detects a person or a vehicle from the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 and detects the size thereof. Specifically, the identification unit 112 uses the AI accelerator 200 (described later) to identify a person or vehicle in the security area. The identification unit 112 issues a person or vehicle identification request to the AI accelerator 200, and the AI accelerator 200 executes an AI calculation other than the CPU and transmits the identification result of the person or vehicle to the identification unit 112. Since accuracy and high speed are required for identifying a person or a vehicle, the AI accelerator 200 is used for identifying a person or a vehicle.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 monitors only people or vehicles, as compared with image recognition by a conventional motion detection type surveillance camera using image difference. It is possible to detect an intruder with extremely high accuracy.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 detects an intruder in the security area by the tracking function (described later) of a person or a vehicle by the AI accelerator 200.
  • the identification unit 112 identifies a person or a vehicle by using the AI accelerator 200, but the thermo camera (or the motion sensor 20) may detect the person. That is, the motion sensor 20 detects the temperature in the security area. Then, the identification unit 112 detects the presence of a person (suspicious person candidate) by detecting the body temperature of the person by the motion sensor 20 and detecting the change in the captured image by the surveillance camera 11.
  • the identification unit 112 may combine person identification using the AI accelerator 200 and person detection using a thermo camera (or motion sensor).
  • AI accelerator 200 is used for the entrance, veranda, and windows where high speed of person detection is required, and the site of the boundary between the site and the outside where high speed of person identification is not required is a thermo.
  • a camera or motion sensor
  • the guide unit 113 guides the person or vehicle identified by the identification unit 112 to the destination.
  • the guide unit 113 guides a person or a vehicle to a destination by, for example, voice guidance by an acoustic system 155 (see FIG. 2) or display by a guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 2).
  • the ID terminal detection unit 114 detects an ID (Identification) terminal possessed by a non-intruder.
  • the ID terminal registration unit 115 registers the ID terminal possessed by the visitor or the like in the registrant information DB 165.
  • the reporting unit 116 warns the person or vehicle identified by the identification unit 112 with a voice corresponding to the area, and notifies the related persons of the existence of a suspicious person.
  • the reporting unit 116 makes a report according to the degree of danger (degree of caution, degree of urgency).
  • the reporting unit 116 does not report the person who possesses the ID terminal detected by the ID terminal detecting unit 114.
  • the AI accelerator 200 is a dedicated processor that identifies a person or a vehicle, and uses a computing resource other than a CPU.
  • the AI accelerator 200 is, for example, an accelerator for image processing by a processor enhanced with a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit) and signal processing using an FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array). Further, the AI accelerator 200 executes the calculation of AI (Artificial Intelligence) on a dedicated hardware (for example, GPU).
  • the AI accelerator 200 tracks a person or a vehicle (described later) using the tracking DB166.
  • FIG. 3 is a configuration diagram showing the whole using the digital smart guide security system 1000 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 is active on the web service cloud 300 in cooperation with the cloud server (commercial server) 301 and the cloud server 301 that provide the digital smart guide security service. It has a Push notification server 302 that acquires information and notifies the user's smartphone 50a (mobile terminal device; ID terminal).
  • the web service cloud 300 is connected to the Internet 303.
  • the smartphone 50a can transmit texts and images to the cloud server 301 on the web service cloud 300 via the Internet 303.
  • the smartphone 50a receives the push notification from the push notification server 302 via the Internet 303.
  • the cloud server 301 and the push notification server 302 are connected to the smartphone 50a equipped with the security application via a communication carrier network (fixed network) (not shown) such as an LTE / 3G network.
  • a communication carrier network fixed network
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 detects intrusion of a suspicious person into an exclusion zone and push-notifies the smartphone 50a possessed by a person concerned (a condominium manager, a resident, etc.). ..
  • the security application is activated and the zoom screen of the suspicious person is displayed, and the telop "A suspicious person has been detected at the entrance on the 1st floor" is played.
  • the content is read aloud.
  • the suspicious person is notified by the telop and voice on the screen of the smartphone 50a.
  • the related organizations (police, fire department) are notified.
  • the security company and the head office of the affiliated company are also automatically notified. Also, if there is no urgency or if you want to confirm, only the security company will be notified.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the operation of the security application of the digital smart guide security system 1000 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • a telop that detects a suspicious person is notified on the standby screen or the like of the smartphone 50a.
  • the display of the smartphone 50a is switched to the security application operation display, the zoom screen of the suspicious person is displayed, and the position and situation of the suspicious person "suspicious person at the entrance on the 1st floor" is displayed. ..
  • this telop is read aloud by automatic voice.
  • the display of the smartphone 50a is displayed on four time-series screens as shown on the right side of FIG.
  • Digital smart guide security processing 5A and 5B are flowcharts showing digital smart guide security processing. This flow is executed by the control unit 110 (see FIG. 2) of the monitoring device 100. This flow takes the case of a high-rise condominium in a high-rise building as an example.
  • step S11 an image in the security area (specific area) specified in three dimensions is taken.
  • the surveillance camera 11 is, for example, a PTZ camera and is remotely controlled by the surveillance device 100.
  • the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 is output to the surveillance device 100.
  • step S12 the identification unit 112 of the control unit 110 detects a fire or a sign thereof from the image taken by the surveillance camera 11.
  • a fire or a sign thereof for example, generation of smoke
  • a surveillance camera 11 installed for guidance When a fire or a sign thereof is detected (step S12: Yes), a fire alarm is issued in step S13 and the process proceeds to step S14. If no fire or sign thereof is detected (step S12: No), the process proceeds to step S14.
  • the fire alarm is a voice guidance by the sound system 155 (see FIG. 2) and a display by the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 2).
  • the fire occurrence area, the house number, the site camera image, and the like are transmitted to the PC or smartphone 50a of the person concerned.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 detects a sign of fire such as fire or smoke as a defense guide function in the event of a fire, power outage, or electric leakage, the alarm occurrence information is promptly sent to the related personal computer and related parties. It is sent to the senior manager's smartphone 50a, a security company or related public institutions, and guides the residents, employees, visitors, etc. in the building with images and sounds of appropriate evacuation routes.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 gives a double alarm with a normal fire alarm. That is, the digital smart guide security system 1000 issues a fire alarm in addition to a normal fire alarm. As a result, fire alerts are also issued at any time while the digital smart guide security operation is being performed, so that fire alerts can be multiplexed and the safety of residents and visitors can be further enhanced. it can. Moreover, since no new member is added, it can be carried out at low cost.
  • the fire alarm and the guidance related to the "defense guide function" are processed in parallel, but when the fire alarm is executed, the processing of this flow may be terminated. ..
  • step S14 the destination acquisition unit 111 of the control unit 110 acquires information about the destination where a person goes at the entrance of the security area.
  • the destination acquisition unit 111 acquires the destination location according to the unlocking of the auto-lock of the door at the entrance (common entrance).
  • step S15 the destination acquisition unit 111 acquires a photographed image of the face by the auto-lock system and / or an image (video) of a person photographed by the surveillance camera 11 installed at the entrance (common entrance).
  • step S16 the control unit 110 unlocks the auto lock of the door at the entrance from the dwelling unit.
  • step S17 the identification unit 112 of the control unit 110 identifies whether or not the person who has acquired the information about the destination is a suspicious person (“FIG. 7 identification subroutine”).
  • the identification unit 112 requests the AI accelerator 200 to track a person by AI, and the identification unit 112 waits for the result of tracking a person from the AI accelerator 200. Further, the identification unit 112 determines that the person is a suspicious person based on the face information of the person registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165.
  • the identification unit 112 identifies a person who does not have the ID terminal or identification number card registered in advance in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 as a suspicious person.
  • the suspicious person is registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165, recognized and eliminated.
  • step S17 When the identified person is not a suspicious person (step S17: No), the guide unit 113 of the control unit 110 in step S18 associates the image of the person who has acquired the information about the destination location with the destination, and sequentially guides the destination to the destination. ..
  • step S17 If the identified person is a suspicious person in step S17 (step S17: Yes), the control unit 110 gives an alarm to the suspicious person by an announcement (guidance) informing the suspicious person that the area is off limits. Emit.
  • An "exclusion zone” is a place that is not a route from the person's entrance to the destination.
  • step S20 the control unit 110 acquires detailed information on the suspicious person (intruder).
  • the suspicious person detailed information is the history information of the suspicious person registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 and the image (including moving image) information of the suspicious person taken by the surveillance camera 11.
  • step S21 the control unit 110 detects the intrusion direction of the suspicious person and the traveling speed of the suspicious person.
  • the direction of the suspicious person's invasion and the traveling speed of the suspicious person can be obtained by collating the difference (change) of the images taken by the plurality of surveillance cameras 11.
  • step S22 the control unit 110 determines the risk of intrusion based on the position of a person in the security area.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating three types of security belts that set people and vehicles to enter a site, a building, a private area in a facility, a high security area, and a high risk area.
  • Yellow belt Y Set the yellow belt Y inward from the boundary of the site within a range of 30 cm to 4 m.
  • Orange belt O Set orange belt O between (1) and (3) (conditional alarm area)
  • Red belt R Red belt R is set in the range of 1m to 4m outward from the outer wall of the building (immediate notification area)
  • the risk of intrusion is determined based on where the intruder is in the yellow belt Y (see FIG. 6), the orange belt O, or the red belt R. Specifically, the risk of intrusion is determined as follows.
  • the risk is low.
  • the risk is medium and the red belt. If a person or vehicle is detected in R, it can be determined that the risk is high. Further, when a person or a vehicle is detected outside the yellow belt Y, it can be determined that there is no risk.
  • the degree of danger can be determined by the movement of a suspicious person.
  • the movements of the suspicious person are, for example, the movement of the eyes and the movement of the neck (detailed later) and the movement of the arm (detailed later). If the movement of the suspicious person is unnatural, it can be determined that the degree of danger (degree of caution, degree of urgency) is high.
  • the reporting unit 116 reports the above-mentioned detailed information on the suspicious person and emergency information according to the progress speed and the degree of danger (degree of caution, degree of urgency) of the suspicious person.
  • the report transmits information about the suspicious person to, for example, the smartphone 50a of the person concerned.
  • This report should be given a message, mark, highlighted letters, and color coding indicating the degree of danger according to the degree of risk of intrusion crime (classification of the degree of danger). Also, change the report destination according to the degree of danger or urgency. For example, when the suspicious person progresses quickly, the intruder determines that the intruder is dangerous and has a high degree of urgency, and notifies the intruder of the most urgent telop.
  • the police will be included in the relevant organizations to be reported. And this report is given priority over the automatic registration process of the suspicious person.
  • a telop with a high urgency of intrusion is notified (see FIG. 4), and when a person is detected outside the yellow belt Y, it is considered that there is no urgency of intrusion. Do not notify.
  • a telop for notifying the existence of a suspicious person is transmitted to the standby screen or the like of the smartphone 50a shown on the left side of FIG.
  • the zoom screen of the suspicious person is displayed, the position and situation of the suspicious person "suspicious person at the entrance on the 1st floor" is displayed, and this telop is displayed. Read aloud with automatic voice.
  • step S24 the control unit 110 registers the information of the suspicious person in the security area in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165, and ends the process of this flow. As a result, intrusion information of a suspicious person is recorded, which is useful information for crime prevention.
  • FIG. 7 is a subroutine showing an identification process for identifying whether or not the person is a suspicious person. This subroutine is executed by the subroutine call in step S17 of FIG. 5A.
  • FIG. 7 shows the first processing at the entrance (entrance).
  • the control unit 110 determines whether or not the face of the person who has acquired the information about the destination by receiving the subroutine call matches the face of the suspicious person registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165. Determine. If the face of the person who acquired the information about the destination matches the face of the suspicious person registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB165 (step S31: Yes), it is determined in step S35 that the person is a suspicious person. Then, the process returns to step S17 of FIG. 5A.
  • the control unit 110 in step S32 sets the ID terminal. It is determined whether or not the person has the ID terminal (portable terminal device 50; smartphone 50a) detected by the detection unit 114 (a person who has a predetermined ID such as a family member). In the case of a person who possesses the ID terminal detected by the ID terminal detection unit 114 (step S32: Yes), the control unit 110 in step S33 determines the person who possesses the ID terminal detected by the ID terminal detection unit 114. Exclude from suspicious persons and return to step S17 of FIG. 5A.
  • step S32: No When the person does not have the ID terminal (step S32: No), the control unit 110 refers to the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 in step S34, and the ID terminal registered by the ID terminal registration unit 115 (step S32: No). It is determined whether or not the person has an ID) such as a visitor. In the case of a person who has an ID terminal registered by the ID terminal registration unit 115 (step S34: Yes), the control unit 110 excludes the person who has registered the ID terminal (ID of a visitor or the like) from the suspicious person. Then, the process returns to step S17 of FIG. 5A.
  • step S34 the control unit 110 determines in step S35 that the person is a suspicious person, and returns to step S18 in FIG. 5A. ..
  • the subsequent processing is performed. Skip to speed up processing.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing the configuration of a high-rise condominium (20F to 40F), an office (1F to 9F), a hotel (10F to 19F), and a parking lot (B1F to B3F) of a skyscraper.
  • the hotel shown in FIG. 8 can be applied in the same manner as the office shown in FIG. The parking lot will be described later in the second embodiment of FIG.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating security of the condominium (1F) (outer periphery of the building) of the skyscraper of FIG.
  • a surveillance camera, a tablet, a monitor TV, a door phone, an auto-unlock device, a speaker, a BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) beacon, a laser, and a Wi-Fi master unit are installed in the condominium (1F).
  • a yellow belt Y, an orange belt O, and a red belt R are set.
  • the inside of the red belt R on the outer wall of the building is a security inside the building.
  • the visitor moves along the arrow in FIG. Successful face recognition at the entrance shown in Fig.
  • doorphone, BLE beacon, smartphone 50a, weak radio wave of electric lock, contactless IC card, tablet, QR code, etc. allows passage to the target dwelling unit. To. The visitor moves along the arrow in FIG. By registering at the entrance shown in FIG. 9, passage to the target area is permitted.
  • BLE is a technology for detecting close proximity.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 has a function of allowing the user and his / her family to invade the caution range by installing an application dedicated to the digital smart guide security system on the smartphone.
  • the user has a predetermined unlock code (installed in the app), and when it detects proximity, this unlock code is sent by BLE to the digital smart guide security system 1000, and it is temporarily in alert mode. To cancel. As a result, it becomes possible to exclude the behaviors of the user and his / her family from the detection target, and it is possible to perform highly accurate intrusion detection.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating security on the condominium destination floor (26F) of the skyscraper of FIG. As shown in FIG. 10, there is a living area on the condominium purpose floor (26F), one of which is the target dwelling unit. Red belt R is set as the target dwelling unit. A visitor who gets off the elevator moves to the target dwelling unit along the arrow in FIG.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating security of the office (1F) (outer periphery of the building) of the skyscraper of FIG.
  • a surveillance camera, a tablet, a monitor TV, a door phone, an auto-lock release device, a speaker, a BLE beacon, a laser, and a Wi-Fi master unit are installed in the office (1F).
  • a yellow belt Y, an orange belt O, and a red belt R are set.
  • the inside of the red belt R on the outer wall of the building is a security inside the building.
  • the visitor moves along the arrow in FIG. Successful face recognition at the entrance shown in FIG.
  • doorphone, BLE beacon, smartphone 50a, weak radio wave of electric lock, contactless IC card, tablet, QR code, etc. allow passage to the target dwelling unit. To. The visitor moves along the arrow in FIG. By registering at the reception shown in FIG. 11, passage to the target area is permitted.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating security on the office destination floor (9F) of the skyscraper of FIG. As shown in FIG. 12, there is an office area on the office purpose floor (9F), one of which is the target office. Red belt R is set for the target office. A visitor who gets off the elevator moves to the target office along the arrow in FIG.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a procedure for admission of visitors and residents to the skyscraper of FIG.
  • the flow of visitors and residents in FIG. 13 is not CPU processing, but will be described with step numbers for convenience.
  • step S51a irregular visitor A visits resident S. Mr. S's dwelling unit will be Room 602 on the 6th floor (see Fig. 10).
  • step S52a the visitor A calls the resident S with the 1st floor entrance doorphone (see FIG. 9).
  • step S53a the visitor A is allowed to enter the building through a doorphone dialogue with Mr. S, and the auto-lock is released by Mr. S (see FIG. 10).
  • step S54a the visitor A goes to the target dwelling unit.
  • step S51b the regular visitor B pre-registers the face information. Also, pre-register your visit reservations.
  • step S52b a regular visitor B visits the resident S and tries to enter the building from the 1st floor entrance (see FIG. 9).
  • step S53b the visitor B enters the building after the auto-lock is released by face authentication, a door phone, a BLE beacon, a smartphone 50a, a tablet, a QR (Quick Response) code, or the like (see FIG. 10).
  • step S54b the visitor B goes to the target dwelling unit.
  • step S51c Resident R pre-registers face information in association with the house number.
  • step S52c resident R tries to enter the building from the 1st floor entrance (see FIG. 9).
  • step S53c resident R is automatically unlocked by face recognition, BLE beacon, smartphone 50a, weak radio waves of electric lock, contactless IC card, tablet, etc., and enters the building (see FIG. 10). ..
  • face recognition or the like if a dwelling unit number is input, it is possible to authenticate more reliably by collating with the face information or the like accumulated in association with the dwelling unit number.
  • step S54c the resident R goes to the target dwelling unit.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing a digital smart guide security process of the digital smart guide security system 1000 applied to the skyscraper of FIG. FIG. 14 corresponds to a process of guarding the inside of a building. The process of guarding the outer periphery of the building will be described later with reference to FIG.
  • This flow is executed in the "always-on security mode" by the control unit 110 (see FIG. 2) of the monitoring device 100.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 constantly monitors the status of the security area and prompts people to take appropriate measures.
  • the "outing / home security mode" has an outing security mode and a home security mode, and the home security mode is automatically turned on / off from 23:00 to 5:00, for example.
  • the outing security mode is turned on when going out and turned off when returning home.
  • step S102 Face recognition is performed at the building entrance in step S101.
  • step S102 it is determined whether or not the person is permitted to enter the building by face recognition. If it is not permitted to enter the building by face recognition (step S102: No), the process proceeds to step S103. For example, if the person is not allowed to enter the building by face recognition, it may be “i) an irregular visitor” (see FIG. 13).
  • step S103 the destination is detected by the doorphone monitoring and registration is performed.
  • step S104 it is determined whether or not the resident is permitted to enter the building. If the resident is not allowed to enter the building (step S104: No), the door lock is not released in step S105. If the resident permits entry into the building (step S104: Yes), the process proceeds from step S111a to step S111d.
  • step S106 determines whether or not the person is a resident. If the person is allowed to enter the building by face recognition and is not a resident, it is judged as "ii) a regular visitor" (see FIG. 13) and registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 in step S107. The destination of the visitor is acquired from the reservation of the visit, and the process proceeds to step S111a to step S111d.
  • step S106 When it is determined to be a resident in step S102 (step S106: Yes), it is determined that "iii) is a resident (see FIG. 13), and in step S107, the BLE beacon, the smartphone 50a, the weak radio wave of the electric lock, and the non-resident are determined. A person is authenticated by a contact type IC card or the like, and the process proceeds from step S111a to step S111d.
  • step S111a the human body is detected by the image of the surveillance camera installed in front of the elevator on the floor B3F.
  • step S112a a person is tracked by the AI accelerator 200 (see FIG. 1). Piggybacking (described later) is detected in step S113a.
  • step S114a prevents access to unauthorized locations.
  • step S115a the history of visitors and the like is notified to the persons concerned.
  • step S116a a defense guide using a tablet or the like is performed, and the process proceeds to step S117.
  • step S117 it is detected that the visitor or the like has moved out and the registration is canceled.
  • a surveillance camera 11 is installed in units of 30 to 40 m to photograph visitors and the like. Then, the AI accelerator 200 is used to track a person, and to identify and track a visitor or the like. In addition, it is determined whether or not the person is heading for the target place, and entry to a place other than the target place is blocked.
  • a tablet or monitor installed in units of 30 to 40 m and a voice function are used to perform defense guides using images and voice.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the digital smart guide security process of the digital smart guide security system 1000 applied to the site under the control of the company.
  • FIG. 15 corresponds to a process of guarding the outer periphery of the building.
  • step S121 an image of a surveillance camera with a microphone on the outer periphery of the building is acquired.
  • step S122 the intrusion of a person into the yellow belt Y is detected.
  • step S123 it is determined whether or not the BLE and the smartphone 50a have been authenticated.
  • step S124 If it has not been authenticated (step S123: No), in step S124, an automatic voice message such as "Please show the QR code to the surveillance camera" is given. If the authentication has been completed (step S123: Yes), the resident or the visitor is notified that the authentication has been performed by automatic voice in step S125, and the processing of this flow is terminated.
  • step S126 it is determined whether or not the QR code has been authenticated, and if it has not been authenticated (step S126: No), the visit of an unregistered person is notified to the smartphone 50a of the person concerned, and the process proceeds to step S129. If the authentication has been completed (step S126: Yes), the visitor is notified by automatic voice that the authentication has been performed in step S128, and the processing of this flow ends.
  • step S129 it is detected that the visitor has invaded the orange belt O.
  • step S130 a conditional alert is issued, an automatic voice warning is given, a request for eviction is made, and the smartphone 50a of the person concerned is notified. Further, the person concerned may give a voice warning from the smartphone 50a.
  • step S131 it is detected that the visitor has invaded the Red Belt R.
  • step S132 an immediate alert is issued, threatening with an automatic voice, further requesting to move out, notifying the smartphone 50a of the person concerned, and ending the processing of this flow. Further, the person concerned may intimidate with a real voice from the smartphone 50a.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing a digital smart guide security process of the digital smart guide security system 1000 applied to the site of an individual house or an apartment house.
  • FIG. 16 corresponds to a process of guarding the outer periphery of the building.
  • step S141 an image of a surveillance camera with a microphone on the outer periphery of the building is acquired.
  • step S142 the intrusion of a person into the yellow belt Y is detected.
  • step S143 it is determined whether or not the BLE and the smartphone 50a have been authenticated.
  • step S143 If it has not been authenticated (step S143: No), it outputs a voice by operating from a smartphone in step S144 and tells "If you want to use it, please show the QR code to the surveillance camera". If the authentication has been completed (step S143: Yes), the resident or the visitor is notified by voice output by the operation from the smartphone in step S145 to end the process of this flow.
  • step S146 it is determined whether or not the QR code has been authenticated, and if it has not been authenticated (step S146: No), the visit of the unregistered person is notified to the smartphone 50a of the person concerned, and the process proceeds to step S149. If the authentication has been completed (step S146: Yes), the visitor is notified that the authentication has been completed by outputting voice by operating from the smartphone in step S148, and the process of this flow is terminated.
  • step S149 it is detected that the visitor has invaded the orange belt O.
  • step S150 a conditional alert is issued, and a voice is output by an operation from the smartphone to warn and request to move out, and the related smartphones 50a are notified.
  • step S151 it is detected that the visitor has invaded the red belt R.
  • step S152 an immediate alarm is issued, a voice is output by an operation from the smartphone to intimidate the user, a request for evacuation is made, and the smartphone 50a of the person concerned is notified to end the processing of this flow.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining the defense guide function.
  • the upper part of FIG. 17 shows the entrance on the 1st floor
  • the middle of FIG. 17 shows the floor that is not the destination of the visitor (for example, the 20th floor of FIG. 8)
  • the lower part of FIG. The floor of the visitor's destination (for example, 26F in FIG. 8) is shown.
  • the defense guide function using tablets, etc. provides appropriate communication guides to visitors and third parties by using images of tablets, speakers, and sound collection microphones installed in areas and passages in the facility. provide. It also protects the area inside the facility from unauthorized intruders.
  • the defense guide function uses images of monitors, tablets, etc. installed in the area of the facility, passages, etc., and voices of speakers, microphones for collecting sound, etc., to display the floor of the destination of visitor A. We will guide you to the directions according to the house number.
  • the defense guide function warns that visitor A is in an area where entry is not permitted, displays a zoomed image of the person himself, and requests that he / she move out.
  • the defense guide function guides the directions according to the destination floor / house number of the visitor A.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the operation of the defense guide function by the image and the sound in the explanatory view of FIG.
  • the visitor shall take the following actions.
  • ⁇ Premise The destination of visitor A is room 602 on the 26th floor. Mr. A shall be granted permission from the system to enter the public areas, elevators and room 602 (private area) on the 1st and 26th floors.
  • ⁇ Behavior on Fig. 17 Mr. A enters the building from the entrance of the building on the 1st floor. Mr. A moves in the 1st floor common corridor to get on the elevator. Mr. A gets on the elevator on the 1st floor.
  • Mr. A gets off the elevator on the 20th floor, which is not the destination floor. Mr. A moves in the common corridor on the 20th floor. ⁇ Behavior in the lower part of Fig. 17 Mr. A gets off the elevator on the 26th floor of the destination. Mr. A moves in the common corridor on the 26th floor to go to Room 602.
  • step S201 monitoring of the entire building by the surveillance cameras 11 at various locations in the building is started.
  • step S202 the destination (destination) of the visitor A is acquired according to the unlocking of the auto lock of the door at the entrance (shared entrance).
  • step S203 an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 at the entrance of the building on the 1st floor (see FIG. 8).
  • step S204 the tracking face / body characteristics of the visitor A are registered in the tracking DB 166.
  • step S205 an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 in front of the 1st floor elevator.
  • step S206 the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
  • step S207 the visitor A is detected.
  • step S208 it is determined whether the visitor A is on a floor and a position (“no entry area”) outside the purpose permission. Here, even within the permitted floor, it is prohibited to move to an unauthorized place.
  • step S209 it is confirmed whether the visitor A has permission to visit the destination. If there is permission to visit, in step S210, the directions will be guided according to the floor and house number of the visitor's destination. For example, the voice guidance by the sound system 155 (see FIG. 1) and the display by the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1) guide the visitor A to the destination.
  • the position of the intruder is accurately determined by the image correspondence DB (not shown) and the back projection conversion, and it is detected that the intruder is in the prohibited area. That is, as described above, the monitoring device 110 (see FIG. 2) has a two-dimensional position of the image captured by the surveillance camera 11 (see FIG. 1) and each position in the three-dimensional space captured by the surveillance camera 11. An image-corresponding DB that stores the position in association with the position is provided. The control unit 110 stores the shape defined in the three-dimensional space in the image correspondence DB in association with each other by a projection transformation that projects the shape on the two-dimensional surface.
  • control unit 110 accurately detects the position of the intruder by performing back-projection conversion based on the position information stored in the image correspondence DB.
  • step S212 the user is warned that he / she is in an area where entry is not permitted, the zoom image of the person is displayed on the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1), the evacuation is requested, and the processing of this flow is terminated.
  • step S213 an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 on the floor (see FIG. 17) that is not the destination of the visitor.
  • step S214 the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
  • step S215 the visitor A is detected.
  • step S216 it is determined whether the visitor A is on a floor and a position (“no entry area”) outside the purpose permission. Here, even within the permitted floor, it is prohibited to move to an unauthorized place.
  • step S217 it is confirmed whether the visitor A has permission to visit the destination. If there is permission to visit, step S218 will guide the visitor according to the destination floor and house number (see the top of FIG. 17). For example, the voice guidance by the sound system 155 (see FIG. 1) and the display by the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1) guide the visitor A to the destination.
  • step S219 When the visit is prohibited in step S219, the position of the intruder is accurately determined by the image correspondence DB (not shown) and the back-projection conversion, and it is detected that the intruder is in the prohibited area.
  • step S220 the user is warned that he / she is in an area where entry is not permitted, the zoom image of the person is displayed on the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1), the move-out is requested, and the processing of this flow is terminated.
  • step S221 an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 on the floor of the visitor's destination (see the bottom of FIG. 17).
  • step S222 the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
  • step S223 the visitor A is detected.
  • step S224 it is determined whether or not the visitor A is on a floor and a position (“exclusion zone”) outside the purpose permission. Here, even within the permitted floor, it is prohibited to move to an unauthorized place.
  • step S225 it is confirmed whether the visitor A has permission to visit the destination. If there is permission to visit, step S226 will guide the visitor according to the destination floor and house number. For example, the voice guidance by the sound system 155 (see FIG. 1) and the display by the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1) guide the visitor A to the destination.
  • step S227 When the visit is prohibited in step S227, the position of the intruder is accurately determined by the image correspondence DB (not shown) and the back projection conversion, and it is detected that the intruder is in the prohibited area.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 sets the yellow belt Y, the orange belt O, and the red belt R in the building / site to be guarded. For example, if visitor A gets permission from the doorphone at the entrance of the condominium and goes to room 602 on the 26th floor, visitor A gives permission to enter the public area, elevator and room 602 (private area) on the 1st and 26th floors. Granted. If visitor A enters a place without permission, the regular route will be guided by the voice guidance by the sound system 155 (see Fig. 1) and the defense guide function by the guide monitor 156 (see Fig. 1). .. If a suspicious person enters an unauthorized location, the Defense Guide feature will warn them to leave. In this case, the person concerned is notified of entry into a place without the permission of the suspicious person.
  • the destination detection / registration function by doorphone monitoring monitors the interaction between the visitor and the resident at the entrance doorphone, detects the visitor's destination (floor, house number, etc.), and associates it with the destination of the visitor. Face information is automatically registered in the tracking DB 166.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating a destination detection / registration function by doorphone monitoring.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing the operation of the destination detection / registration function by the doorphone monitoring of FIG.
  • FIG. 19 shows the 1st floor entrance and the destination room.
  • the flow of visitors and residents in FIG. 20 is not CPU processing, but will be described with step numbers for convenience. Visitors have step V, and residents (family) have step F.
  • the upper part of FIG. 19 shows the dwelling unit of the visitor's destination (for example, room 602 on the 38th floor).
  • the visitor calls the resident of the destination dwelling unit with the door phone.
  • the visitor A calls the resident S of the room 602 with the door phone at the entrance on the 1st floor shown in the lower part of FIG. 19 (step V11).
  • Visitor A gives his name, company name, etc. and tells the matter (step V12).
  • Resident S receives the doorphone contact of visitor A (step F11).
  • the doorphone master unit rings, and the resident S confirms the image of the visitor A in front of the doorphone and talks by voice (step F11).
  • Mr. S a resident of Room 602 on the 38th floor, confirms the image of Mr. A and has a voice dialogue with Mr. A (step F11).
  • Resident S determines whether to release the auto lock and allow the visitor to enter the building (step F12). When the resident S puts the visitor A inside, the resident S releases the auto lock (step F13). If the resident S does not allow the visitor A to enter, the resident S refuses the visit (step F14).
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 executes the destination detection / registration function by the following doorphone monitoring.
  • the door phone is monitored by the face recognition camera (surveillance camera 11).
  • the number of the destination house number entered by the visitor into the doorphone is read from the doorphone display by the face recognition camera.
  • the data signal line of the doorphone is monitored in step S303.
  • the number of the destination house number input by the visitor to the door phone is read from the data signal line and detected.
  • information on which dwelling unit was called by the entrance door phone is acquired.
  • an image of the visitor is acquired from the surveillance camera in front of the entrance.
  • step S307 the face and body features of the visitor A are extracted from the acquired image.
  • step S308 information on whether or not the resident S has released the auto lock is acquired.
  • step S309 it is determined whether or not the resident S has released the auto lock.
  • the resident S releases the auto lock step S309: Yes
  • step S310 the face and physical characteristics of the visitor extracted from the image of the surveillance camera 11 are tracked in association with the visitor's destination (house number, etc.). Register in DB166 for ending the processing of this flow. If the resident S does not release the auto lock (step S309: No), the process of this flow ends as it is. The visitor is guided to the destination based on the face and body characteristics and the destination registered in step S310.
  • the face recognition and tracking functions in the digital smart guide security system 1000 include the following (1) to (3).
  • the face recognition function may be an option at the hotel in consideration of privacy. ⁇ residents, tenant employees, or regular visitors should pre-register face information and perform face recognition at the entrance. If the identity is confirmed, permission to enter the area from the entrance is automatically granted and the auto lock is released. However, whether or not to cancel automatically depends on the setting.
  • Visitors are identified by looking at the degree of matching between the captured image of the surveillance camera 11 for face authentication in front of the entrance and the features (particularly face registration information) automatically registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB165. .. ⁇ If it is determined that the person is a regular resident or a regular visitor, the auto lock in front of the elevator will be automatically released. However, whether or not to cancel automatically depends on the setting.
  • a visitor is identified using the person tracking function of the AI accelerator 200.
  • the correct route is immediately transmitted by automatic voice. If the detected visitor is not registered as a legitimate visitor, it will be detected and registered as a suspicious person, immediately requested to move out by automatic voice, and the image of the suspicious person will be notified to the smartphone 50a of the person concerned. ..
  • yellow belt Y When an intruder enters the yellow belt Y, the image of the surveillance camera 11 is analyzed on the three-dimensional space axis and the fourth-dimensional time axis. As a result, the position is accurately determined. A conditional alert is issued when the orange belt O is invaded, and an immediate alert is issued when the red belt R is invaded.
  • yellow belt Y, red belt R, etc. are defined in front of the outer periphery of the building and the exit of the emergency stairs on the roof to monitor intruders. At the outer periphery of the building, intrusion by people and vehicles is monitored.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the operation of the face recognition function at the entrance of the building / dwelling unit (1).
  • step S401 an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 for face authentication in front of the entrance.
  • step S402 the face authentication process is performed and collated with the face registration information in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165.
  • step S403 classification is performed based on face registration information, and the process branches to the following step.
  • step S404 the related parties are notified of the history of visitors and the like.
  • security / recording is continued.
  • the auto lock at the entrance is released.
  • step S408 the visitor is searched by referring to the registrant information / suspicious person information DB165.
  • the regular visitor (acquaintance or the like) is set in step S409, and the regular visitor is processed in step S410 to proceed to step S413.
  • the visitor is not a regular visitor, the visitor is treated as an irregular visitor (mail delivery, etc.) in step S411, and the irregular visitor is processed (identification required) in step S412, and the process proceeds to step S413.
  • step S413 the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 is searched for the visit reservation, and it is confirmed whether the visit is reserved in advance.
  • step S414 it is determined whether or not the visit is reserved. If the visit is not reserved, the history of the visitor and the like is notified to the persons concerned in step S415, and the process of this flow is terminated. If the visit is reserved, the auto-lock at the entrance is released in step S416 to end the processing of this flow.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing the operation of the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 (2).
  • step S501 images are acquired from the surveillance cameras 11 in front of the entrance and in front of the elevator.
  • step S502 the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 is analyzed by using the AI accelerator 200, and the face and body features for tracking of a person are detected.
  • step S503 the person is identified.
  • step S504 the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 is analyzed by using the AI accelerator 200, and the number of people in the group is detected.
  • the reason for detecting the number of people in a group is that the tailgating detection function (see step S509 below) detects the tailgating.
  • step S505 the group is identified.
  • step S506 it is determined whether or not the entry of the place without permission is detected. When it is detected that the place has entered the unauthorized area, it is determined in step S507 that the entry is an unauthorized area, and the process proceeds to step S509. If the entry of the place without permission is not detected, it is determined in step S508 that it is normal, and the process proceeds to step S509.
  • step S509 the tailgating detection function (see FIG. 27) is executed.
  • Piggybacking means that multiple people pass through the door unlocked by one person's ID authentication. If you have tailgating, you will not be able to accurately record entry and exit, so you need to detect piggybacking.
  • step S510 it is determined whether or not piggybacking is detected. When a piggybacking is detected, in step S511, it is determined that the piggybacking (suspicious person) is made, and the processing of this flow ends. If no piggybacking is detected, it is determined in step S512 that the process is normal, and the processing of this flow ends.
  • FIG. 23 to 25 are flowcharts showing the operation of the function (3) of preventing a visitor or the like from entering an unauthorized place.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the “security of the public area in the floor”. Public areas on the floor are, for example, 1st floor entrance, 1st floor lobby, lounge, elevator, aisle and stairs.
  • step S601 the constant security mode is started.
  • step S602n images are acquired from surveillance cameras 11 installed in various places such as in front of the elevator and in the common corridor.
  • step S603n a person is detected from the captured images of the surveillance cameras 11 installed at various places.
  • the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed. That is, the human tracking function analyzes the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 using the AI accelerator 200, and detects the human tracking face and body features.
  • step S605 it is determined whether or not the person is a resident or the like based on the detection result of the face and body characteristics for tracking of the person. In the case of a resident or the like, monitoring is continued in step S606. If the person is not a resident or the like, the permission to the area is determined in step S607, and the process proceeds to step S108. In step S608, it is determined whether or not the area is permitted. In the case of the permitted area, monitoring is continued in step S609.
  • step S610 determines whether or not the visitor is a legitimate visitor. In the case of a regular visitor, in step S611, the history of the visitor and the like is notified to the persons concerned. In step S612, the "defense guide function" by the tablet or the like is executed to end the processing of this flow.
  • the "defense guide function” is a function of guiding a person to a destination by voice guidance by an acoustic system 155 (see FIG. 2) and display by a guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 2).
  • step S614 the "defense guide function" by the tablet or the like is executed to end the processing of this flow.
  • the "defense guide function" in step S614 is a threat to a suspicious person (intruder). For example, an intrusion is warned by a voice warning by the sound system 155 (see FIG. 2) and a display by the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 2). In addition, the guide monitor 156 displays the face and appearance of the intruder to warn the user.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the above-mentioned (3) "security of the entrance / veranda of the resident's dwelling unit", which is a function of preventing visitors and the like from entering an unauthorized place.
  • step S701 the constant security mode is started.
  • step S702 the image of the surveillance camera 11 for face authentication in front of the entrance is acquired.
  • step S703 it is confirmed whether or not a person has invaded the yellow belt Y at the entrance, and the process proceeds to step S706.
  • step S704 the image of the surveillance camera 11 installed on the balcony is acquired.
  • step S705 it is confirmed whether or not a person has invaded the red belt R of the balcony, and the process proceeds to step S706.
  • step S706 the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
  • step S707 it is determined whether or not the person is a resident or the like. In the case of a resident or the like, monitoring is continued in step S708. If it is not a resident or the like, the exact position is specified in step S709.
  • "Accurate position identification" can be realized by the following. That is, when an intruder invades the yellow belt Y, the orange belt O, the red belt R, etc. and moves on the floor outside the permission purpose in the site and the building, the position of the intruder is displayed in the image correspondence DB. Accurate detection is performed by performing back-projection conversion based on the stored position information.
  • step S710 it is determined whether or not a person has invaded the orange belt O. If no person has invaded the orange belt O, in step S711, monitoring is continued and the process proceeds to step S713. When a person has invaded the orange belt O in step S710, the history of visitors and the like is notified to the persons concerned in step S712, and the process proceeds to step S713.
  • step S713 it is determined whether or not a person has invaded the red belt R. If no person has invaded the red belt R, in step S714, monitoring is continued and the processing of this flow ends. Since this flow is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle, monitoring will be continued. When a person has invaded Red Gibert R in step S713, the process of this flow is terminated in step S715 by notifying the concerned parties of the history of visitors and the like.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing “security of the outer periphery of the building and emergency stairs” of the function (3) of preventing visitors and the like from entering unauthorized places.
  • step S801 the constant security mode is started.
  • step S802 the image of the surveillance camera 11 on the outer periphery of the building is acquired.
  • step S803 it is confirmed whether or not a person has invaded the yellow belt Y on the outer periphery of the building, and the process proceeds to step S806.
  • step S804 the image of the surveillance camera 11 installed at the rooftop exit is acquired.
  • step S805 it is confirmed whether or not a person has invaded the red belt R at the rooftop exit, and the process proceeds to step S806.
  • step S806 the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
  • step S807 it is determined whether or not the person is a resident or the like. In the case of a resident or the like, monitoring is continued in step S808. If it is not a resident or the like, the exact position is specified in step S809. That is, when an intruder invades the yellow belt Y, the orange belt O, the red belt R, etc. and moves on the floor outside the permission purpose in the site and the building, the position of the intruder is displayed in the image correspondence DB. Accurate detection is performed by performing back-projection conversion based on the stored position information.
  • step S810 it is determined whether or not a person has invaded the orange belt O. If no person has invaded the orange belt O, the monitoring is continued in step S811 and the process proceeds to step S813. When a person has invaded the orange belt O in step S810, the history of visitors and the like is notified to the persons concerned in step S812, and the process proceeds to step S813.
  • step S813 it is determined whether or not a person has invaded the red belt R. If no person has invaded the red belt R, in step S814, monitoring is continued and the processing of this flow ends.
  • step S813 If a person has invaded Red Gibert R in step S813, the history of visitors and the like is notified to related parties in step S815, and the processing of this flow ends.
  • the history notification, tailgating detection, and registration cancellation functions at the time of moving out in the digital smart guide security system 1000 include the following (4) to (6).
  • the current position and image, and the flow line and route from the time of entering the site / building at the time of this visit to the time of reaching the current position are shown by the persons concerned. Notify the PC, smartphone 50a, etc. -Search the registrant information / suspicious person information DB165, and if there is a record of the person's past visits, add the history to the above notification.
  • the accident history / behavior history DB is searched and the accident history is searched. , If there is an action history, add the accident history and action history to the above notification.
  • Piggybacking detection function (detailed in FIG. 27) ⁇ When automatically registering a visitor, if the visitor has a companion, make a group with the visitor as the group representative and the companion as a member, and set the number of people, representatives, and members of the group. Automatically register in registrant information / suspicious person information DB165. ⁇ Take pictures of visitors with surveillance cameras in various parts of the building. If the person is registered as a member of the group, there is no problem if he / she takes the same action as the member of the group, and if he / she takes another action, he / she is detected as a tailgating.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 monitors whether or not a visitor has moved out of the building, and if the visitor does not move out after a certain period of time, the visitor is detected as a suspicious person, registered, and related. Notify the image of the visitor to the smartphone 50a of the person or the like.
  • FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the operation of the function of notifying related parties of the history of (4) visitors and the like.
  • step S901 the current position and image of the person concerned are acquired.
  • step S902 the movement route and the image sequence from the time when the person concerned enters the site and the building to reach the current position are acquired from the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165, and the notification at the time of this visit is created.
  • the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 is searched further retroactively, for example, the data up to 3 months ago is searched, and it is checked whether or not there is a history of the person concerned at the time of past visit.
  • step S904 it is determined whether or not the past image of the relevant person has been found. If the past image of the person concerned is not found, the process proceeds to step S906. When the past image of the person concerned is found, the past image history of the person concerned is added to the notification information, and the process proceeds to step S906.
  • step S906 the accident history / action history DB (registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165) is referred to, and the face photo of the relevant person is used as a key to search for an accident history / action history.
  • step S907 it is determined whether or not the accident history and behavior history of the relevant person have been found. When the accident history and action history of the relevant person are found, the accident history and action history of the relevant person are added as notification information, and the process proceeds to step S909. If the accident history and action history of the relevant person are not found, the process proceeds to step S909 as it is.
  • step S909 the created notification information is transmitted to the administrator, the visitor's visited resident's PC, smartphone 50a, or the like, and the processing of this flow is completed.
  • FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating the above (5) tailgating detection function.
  • the problem with conventional auto-locking is that when a regular visitor enters the building, a suspicious person can enter the building before the door closes. Therefore, in this embodiment, the tailgating is recognized and prevented by the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 or the like.
  • the windbreak room at the entrance of an apartment, office, research institute, factory, money counting room, information center, etc. is set to yellow belt Y, and a person who enters the inside through the door outside the windbreak room is detected by a surveillance camera. To do.
  • a person who stays in the yellow belt Y for a long time records an image as a suspicious person. It also counts the number of times a suspicious person or tailgating is recorded, and notifies the parties concerned, for example, when the same person is detected multiple times.
  • the authentication camera and surveillance camera 11 installed in front of the entrance / exit of the hall take pictures of the person and his / her companion, and as that person and his / her companion. Recognize, approve and remember as a normal visitor.
  • the inside door is opened by a normal entrance auto-unlock operation, before the door is closed, the person does not enter the green area G, but enters the windbreak room at the entrance / exit away from the green area G and stops.
  • this system determines whether or not it is a legitimate companion based on the image, for families, by entering the outer door at the same time and entering the hall at the same time from the inner door after the auto unlock operation, it is legitimate. It is judged to be a companion of the family, etc. For children, if the height is arbitrarily set, for example, 130 cm or less, it may be determined that the child is accompanied by a family member and the auto-lock operation guide may not be spoken.
  • the face image is stored in advance in association with the house number, etc., and even if the related person does not have the auto-lock release key, the input operation of the house number, etc. If you do, the face image stored in advance in association with the entered house number etc. will be compared with the face image of the visitor taken by the authentication camera, and if they match, the auto lock will be released. Good. If there are multiple auto-lock doors, each has the same configuration.
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing the operation of the above (5) tailgating detection function.
  • step S1001 an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 in the windbreak room.
  • step S1002 a person who has entered the yellow belt Y is detected from the image.
  • step S1003 it is determined whether the person has entered the green area.
  • step S1003: Yes the green area is monitored by a surveillance camera for several seconds to several tens of seconds in step S1004, and it is determined whether or not the unlock operation is performed.
  • step S1005 a surveillance camera 11 monitors a person outside the green area, measures the number of people and the staying time, and proceeds to step S1011.
  • step S1006 the inner door opens in step S1007, and the inside door is monitored and detected by the surveillance camera 11 in step S1008. Is determined to be a regular visitor, and the process proceeds to step S1011. If the person did not perform the unlock operation in step S1006 (step S1006: No), the inner door was closed in step S1009, and in step S1010 the door was opened by a person going out from inside and intruding at that time. The monitoring is continued and the process proceeds to step S1011.
  • step S1011 the inner door is monitored by the surveillance camera, and it is determined that the visitor and the accompanying person detected immediately before the door is closed may be accompanied by a friend. If there is a person who entered the museum with a friend in step S1012 (step S1012: Yes), in step S1013, it is detected that there is a possibility of a friend, and the image is urged to unlock one by one by voice. Record and proceed to step S1014. If no person has entered the museum with a friend in step S1012 (step S1012: No), the process proceeds to step S1014.
  • step S1014 it is determined whether or not there is a person who has stayed in the yellow belt Y for, for example, 10 minutes or more. If there is a person staying in the yellow belt Y (step S1014: Yes), in step S1015, an image is recorded with that person as a suspicious person, and the process proceeds to step S1016. If no one is staying in the yellow belt Y (step S1014: No), the process proceeds to step S1016.
  • step S1016 it is determined whether the piggybacking or suspicious person is detected multiple times.
  • step S1016: Yes the person is regarded as an intruder and the related person is notified of the image, and the process of this flow is terminated. If it is not detected as a piggybacking or a suspicious person multiple times (step S1016: No), the process of this flow ends.
  • FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the operation of the function (6) of detecting / canceling registration that a visitor or the like has moved out.
  • step S1101 images are acquired from the surveillance cameras 11 in front of the entrance and in front of the elevator.
  • step S1102 the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
  • step S1103 it is determined whether or not the person is a resident. If it is determined to be a resident, it is determined to be a resident in step S1104, and the process of this flow is terminated without performing security in step S1105. If it is not a resident, it is determined in step S1106 that it is a visitor, and in step S1107 it is determined whether or not the visitor is about to leave.
  • step S1108 determines whether the visitor has returned from the destination. When the visitor returns from the target place, the monitoring is canceled in step S1109, and the registration made when the visitor enters the building is canceled in step S1110 to end the processing of this flow.
  • step S1112 the image of the visitor is transmitted to the resident's smartphone 50a, and in step S113, the visitor is registered as a suspicious person in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165, and the process of this flow is completed.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 acquires information on the destination where a person or a vehicle goes at the entrance of the security area, and also obtains information about the destination.
  • the destination acquisition unit 111 that acquires the image
  • the identification unit 112 that identifies the person or vehicle in the security area by the image
  • the guidance unit that guides the person or vehicle identified by the identification unit 112 to the destination. It is provided with 113.
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 when the digital smart guide security system 1000 is applied to a house, condominium, office, or hotel, a dwelling unit (in the case of a house or office), a guest room, or a facility (in the case of a hotel) intended for a person by voice or display.
  • a dwelling unit in the case of a house or office
  • a guest room or a facility (in the case of a hotel) intended for a person by voice or display.
  • the destinations of visitors and the like are known because information on the destinations where people go is obtained at the entrance of the security area.
  • the Digital Smart Guide Security System 1000 informs the relevant visitor, "The place of visit is the 5th floor on the elevator on the right, and the dwelling unit at the end of the turn to the left.”
  • the correct route will be immediately transmitted by automatic voice and the visitor will enter an unauthorized place. You can prevent that.
  • the visitor presses the numeric keypad of the auto-lock device (enters the house number), the house number is displayed on the display of the auto-lock device, and the visitor confirms the displayed display number and makes a call. Do (press the call button).
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 has an authentication camera installed in the green area G of the area where the auto-lock device is operated at a position where the display number and the face of the visitor who operates it can be photographed, and the auto-lock is performed by the resident.
  • the face information of the visitor is stored in association with the entered dwelling unit number taken by the authentication camera, and for example, the visitor in room 306 on the 12th floor is guided to No. 306 on the 12th floor via the elevator. If the guide function is activated and you move off the elevator on the 12th floor, this system will guide you to No. 306 on the 12th floor.
  • an authentication camera installed in the green area G photographs the visitor's face and is registered in advance as a regular visitor. Judge whether it is a person or a suspicious person. It is also possible to determine that the person is a resident by holding the unlock key over.
  • the authentication camera captures and recognizes the number displayed on the display of the auto-lock device, and the authentication camera photographs and inputs the visitor's face to recognize the visitor. Accurately guide you to the destination of the number and prevent suspicious persons such as piggybackers from entering the museum illegally or entering the restricted area.
  • the destination is not limited to the entrance, but the security area. It may be internal.
  • the guidance means is adjusted to the distance between the position of the destination acquisition means and the position of the elevator and the time corresponding to the walking speed of the person from the time when the destination acquisition means acquires the information about the destination where the person goes.
  • the destination acquisition means 111 acquires the destination location according to the collation between the face information of the person in the video and the face information accumulated in association with the section identification information of the section to which the person belongs.
  • the destination can be obtained based on the recognition of high face recognition.
  • This face information may be face information and / or body feature information.
  • the destination acquisition unit 111 acquires the destination location in response to the unlocking of the auto lock, the acquisition of the destination location can be automated, and rapid processing (prevention of unauthorized entry and guidance of the destination location) can be performed. It can be carried out. Especially in offices where many people come and go at the same time, it is possible to support multiple auto-lock devices. For example, 1 to n units.
  • the destination acquisition means acquires the destination location by photographing the display of the auto-lock device, so that a system can be retrofitted to the existing auto-lock device.
  • the guidance is an alarm that tells you that the area is off limits, so you can effectively repel suspicious persons (intruders).
  • the identification unit 112 recognizes a fire or a sign thereof by a camera that captures an image of a person or a vehicle in the security area, and the guide unit 113 digitally gives a fire warning based on the recognition result of the identification unit 112. - While the smart guide security operation is being executed, a fire alarm is also issued at any time, so fire alarms can be multiplexed and the safety of residents and visitors can be further improved. Moreover, since no new member is added, it can be carried out at low cost.
  • the present invention can be applied to an information processing center, a vault, a research institute, an elderly housing with a high degree of security, and the like.
  • the face recognition of the registered specific person is performed, if the specific person is a related person, it is possible to support unlocking, and if the specific person is a suspicious person, the suspicious person is in a building or the like. It can be prevented from entering.
  • FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating a digital smart guide security operation of the digital smart guide security system 1000 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a parking lot 60 in a security area.
  • the first embodiment is an example applied to the parking lot 60.
  • the parking lot can be similarly applied to the parking lots (B1F to B3F) in the public area of the skyscraper shown in FIG. Since the configuration of the digital smart guide security system 1000 according to the second embodiment is the same as that in FIGS. 1 and 2, the description thereof will be omitted.
  • the vehicle generally vehicle, including motorcycles and bicycles
  • the parking lot 60 security area
  • the destination (destination location) of the approaching vehicle is acquired from the availability of the parking lot 60.
  • a surveillance camera 11, a sound system 155 such as a speaker, a charge settlement machine 61, and a flap plate (locking device) 62 are installed in the parking lot 60.
  • the surveillance camera 11 is connected to the surveillance device 100 (see FIG. 1).
  • the parking lot 60 has the parking spaces of the numbers 1 to 17, the parking space of the number 9 is monthly, and the vehicles are stopped at the numbers 1 to 8, 10 to 14. ..
  • Vehicle M is about to enter the parking lot 60 by turning left.
  • the control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 detects the vehicle M from the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 installed at the entrance (inside the security area) of the parking lot.
  • the destination acquisition unit 111 of the control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 acquires the destination of the approaching vehicle from the availability of the parking lot.
  • the vehicle that has entered acquires an empty space in the parking lot 60 (parking space numbers 15 to 17 in FIG. 30) as a destination.
  • the identification unit 112 of the control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 identifies the vehicle M entering the parking lot 60 based on the image taken by the surveillance camera 11. It is desirable to identify the vehicle number on the license plate.
  • the guide unit 113 of the control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 sequentially guides the approaching vehicle M to the acquired parking space (destination place) of the destination.
  • the guidance is a voice announcement by an acoustic system 155 such as a speaker, and a display by a guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 2).
  • the control unit 110 When the digital smart guide security system 1000 is applied to the digital smart guide security of the parking lot 60 shown in FIG. 30, the control unit 110 (see FIG. 2) is a vehicle M entering the parking lot 60. In response to the notification of the sound system 155 such as a speaker, "there is a vacancy in the numbers 15 to 17 on the right hand side after turning right and proceeding, then turning left.” This eliminates the need to search for empty spaces in the parking lot.
  • FIG. 31 is a diagram illustrating a destination detection and registration function at the entrance.
  • Visitor A or user A scans the contactless IC card, magnetic card, QR code, etc. or smartphones equipped with these at the entry / exit management gate to enter / exit, and the system at that time Input the signal.
  • a green area G having a radius of 2 to 3 m is set around the entrance / exit control gate, and a person who has entered the green area G is monitored by a surveillance camera.
  • a surveillance camera installed in the green area G photographs the face and body of a gate passerby and stores the image.
  • the system sends the information to the elevator with the 38th floor of the corresponding super high floor as the stop floor, and the area around the elevator on the 38th floor and around the elevator.
  • the image taken by the surveillance camera installed in the corridor is compared with the image of the person in question captured and stored at the gate, and if it is determined that the visitor is the visitor, the monitor TV and tablet installed on the 38th floor 30 Guide the visitor along the route to Room No.
  • the system determines that the visitor has descended to an unintended floor, and the installed monitor TV, tablet, etc., is 36 on the relevant floor. Guiding the visitor on the floor and the route to room 30 on the 38th floor, and sending an image to the guard's PC, tablet or smartphone, the guard is moving incorrectly in real time. Visitors can be confirmed and the accuracy of security can be improved.
  • FIG. 32 is a diagram illustrating a destination guidance function around the elevator.
  • a surveillance camera is installed in front of the elevator where the elevator area is photographed, and the visitor moves to the elevator area, the visitor has moved to the elevator area.
  • the 38th floor which is the destination floor, is controlled to be the stop floor of the elevator. This prevents visitors from going to different floors for improper purposes.
  • the 30th to 36th floors of important floors are set as Z zones, and if an unauthorized person invades the area using an emergency staircase or the like, they are installed around the elevator boarding / alighting area and in the corridor.
  • the system collates the image taken by the surveillance camera with the image in the DB that stores the image of the person permitted in advance, and the person concerned has moved to a floor number other than the permission.
  • the floor corresponding to the monitor TV and tablet installed is the important floor Z zone, so you should move out immediately, guide the visitor to the movement route, and further, the guard's PC, tablet, etc.
  • the guard can confirm the person who has moved incorrectly in real time, and the system can remember the person who moved into the important facility. it can.
  • FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example of application to an international terminal.
  • Boarding tickets possessed by users at check-in counters such as air terminals, passenger planes, ultra-high-speed railways, passenger ships, hotels or elevators, security checkpoints, customs gates, immigration checkpoints or boarding gates.
  • the QR code etc.
  • the user can check the reserved seat, room name, time, flight name, destination, boarding / alighting, etc. with the reservation details of the server, and the user will pass through the gate.
  • the system inputs and stores signals such as reserved seats. For example, in the case of a hotel, when a guest checks in, the guest room number is entered and memorized.
  • a green area G having a radius of 2 to 3 m is set around the entrance / exit control gate, and users who have entered the green area G are monitored by a surveillance camera.
  • a surveillance camera installed in the green area G photographs the face and body of a gate passerby and stores the image.
  • the system was photographed by a surveillance camera installed in the corridor. If the image is compared with the image of the relevant person taken and stored at the gate and the user is determined to be the user, the user is determined to be the user along the movement route to the boarding gate 30 by the installed monitor TV, tablet, or the like. To guide you. The system will guide you, for example, "Please proceed as it is. At the corner of the destination, if you are going to Sapporo, please turn left.”
  • the system determines that he is going in the wrong direction. However, the installed monitor TV, tablet, etc. guide the user of the movement route from that position to the boarding gate 30.
  • the system collates with the registered QR code, and if it is compatible, it issues a conforming signal.
  • the user passes through the gate, and a surveillance camera installed in, for example, a green area G having a radius of 2 to 3 m around the boarding gate photographs the user's face and body, and stores the image.
  • the system inputs and stores a user's destination, such as a flight number, time, direction, number of floors, room number, car number, seat name, etc., in association with the image.
  • the system collates the image taken by the surveillance camera installed at the elevator entrance / exit, the passage, etc. with the image of the user photographed and stored at the gate, and determines that the user is the user. , Guide the user along the movement route to the target seat by the installed monitor TV and tablet.
  • the system will determine that the user is going to the wrong seat, and the installed monitor TV, tablet, etc. will be in that position. Guide the user on the route from to the desired seat. If the user still does not follow the guided travel route, the image can be transmitted to the PC, tablet or smartphone of the person concerned, and the person concerned can be guided by the broadcasting equipment or rush to the site.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing the operation of the destination detection / registration function by the entry / exit management gate monitoring. As shown in the flow of FIG. 34, it is assumed that the destination of the visitor is Room 30 on the 38th floor (step V21). Further, it is assumed that the destination of the user is N30 in the north wing, and the target flight is A111 flight departing from A airline company at 12:30 (step V22).
  • the entry / exit control gate reads a contactless IC card, a magnetic card, a QR code, etc., or a smartphone or the like equipped with these with a contactless reader or the like (step F21).
  • the gate is opened (step F23). If no visitors or users are allowed inside, the gate is closed (step F24).
  • the digital smart guide security system 1000 executes the destination detection / registration function by the following entry / exit management gate monitoring.
  • step S1201 the data signal line of the entry / exit control gate is monitored.
  • step S1202 the visitor's user ID and the like are acquired from the gate.
  • step S1203 the DB is searched and the target floor / room number and the like are acquired from the user ID. Further, in parallel with S1202, in step S1204, the user's ticket No. and the like are acquired from the gate.
  • the DB is searched and the target boarding gate of the aircraft is acquired from the ticket number of the user.
  • step S1206 an image of a visitor or a user is acquired from a surveillance camera in front of the entrance.
  • step S1207 the face and physical features of the visitor or user are extracted from the acquired image.
  • step S1208 information on the open / closed state of the gate is acquired.
  • step S1209 it is determined whether the gate is in the open state. When the gate is open (step S1209: Yes), in step S1210, the face and physical characteristics of the visitor extracted from the image of the surveillance camera are associated with the destination (room number, etc.) of the visitor or the user for tracking. Register in DB166 and end the processing of this flow. If the gate is not in the open state (step S1209: No), the processing of this flow ends as it is. The visitor or user is guided to the destination based on the face and physical characteristics and the destination registered in step S1210.
  • each function of the digital smart guide security system 1000 may be executed independently or in combination.
  • digital smart guide security system and method are used, but this is for convenience of explanation, and includes digital smart defense guide security system, guide security method, and the like. May be good.
  • the digital smart guide security system and method of the present invention are also realized by a program for making a computer function as the digital smart guide security system or method of the present invention.
  • the program may be stored on a computer-readable recording medium.
  • the recording medium on which this program is recorded may be the ROM itself of the digital smart guide security system, or a program reading device such as a CD-ROM drive is provided as an external storage device, and the recording medium is provided therein. It may be a CD-ROM or the like that can be read by inserting.
  • each of the above configurations, functions, processing units, processing means, etc. may be realized by hardware by designing a part or all of them by, for example, an integrated circuit.
  • each of the above configurations, functions, and the like may be realized by software for the processor to interpret and execute a program that realizes each function.
  • Information such as programs, tables, and files that realize each function can be stored in memory, hard disks, recording devices such as SSDs (Solid State Drives), IC (Integrated Circuit) cards, SD (Secure Digital) cards, optical disks, etc. It can be held on a recording medium.
  • the present invention relates to a large capacity memory, 5G (5th generation mobile communication system), 4K8K broadcasting standard, infrared camera, PTZ camera, laser, radar, infrared sensor, motion sensor, BLE beacon, QR code reader, IoT (Internet of). Things) It can be realized by effectively using the latest technologies such as devices, Wi-Fi devices, GPS receivers, tablets, drones, helicopters, and artificial satellites.
  • the digital smart guide security system, method and program according to the present invention can be installed in a residence, a corporate office, a factory, a research institute, an information processing room, a money collection room, or any other business establishment requiring a high degree of management. Be expected.
  • residential, commercial facilities, offices, hospitals, hotels, financial institutions, factories, laboratories, power plants, air terminals, meeting places, stadiums, museums and other buildings indoors and outdoors, transportation trains, ferries, airplanes The inside of the car is also covered.
  • Surveillance camera (shooting means) 20 Motion sensor 30 Wi-Fi master unit 40 Beacon master unit 50 Mobile terminal device (ID terminal) 50a Smartphone (mobile terminal device; ID terminal) 51 Wi-Fi handset 52 Beacon handset 53 GPS 60 Parking lot (security area) 100 Monitoring device 110 Control unit 111 Destination acquisition unit (destination acquisition means) 112 Identification unit (recognition means) 113 Information section (guidance means) 114 ID terminal detection unit (ID terminal detection means) 115 ID terminal registration unit (ID terminal registration means) 116 Reporting section (reporting means) 120 Input unit 130 Storage unit 140 Display unit 150 Output unit 155 Sound system (guidance means) 156 Guide monitor (guidance means) 160 Recording unit 165 Registrant information / Suspicious person information DB 166 Tracking DB 170 Image processing unit 180 Interface (I / F) unit 190 Communication unit 200 AI accelerator (recognition means) 1000 Digital Smart Guide Security System Y, O, R Security Belt M Vehicle

Landscapes

  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Alarm Systems (AREA)
  • Elevator Control (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a digital smart guide security system, a method, and a program with which unlawful entry by suspicious persons or the like can be prevented, and with which a user can be guided to a target location without placing a burden on the user. A digital smart guide security system (1000) comprises, at an entrance to or inside a security area: a destination acquisition unit (111) that acquires information related to a target location to which a person or a vehicle will travel, and that acquires a video of such person or vehicle; an identification unit (112) that identifies, by means of the video, the person or the vehicle within the security area; and a guide unit (113) that guides the person or the vehicle identified by the identification unit (112) to the target location.

Description

デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム、方法及びプログラムDigital smart guide security systems, methods and programs
 本発明は、監視カメラによりセキュリティ区域内を撮影して防犯を行うデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム、方法及びプログラムに関する。 The present invention relates to a digital smart guide security system, a method and a program for taking a picture of a security area with a surveillance camera to prevent crime.
 特許文献1には、「送られてきた目的場所情報及び携帯電話の位置情報に基づいて目的場所と利用者の現在位置を含む案内情報を携帯電話に送信するビル内案内システム(請求項1)」が記載されている。特許文献1の技術は、携帯電話等を用いて人間の位置情報を取得することにより、エレベータの自動呼び登録や、目的場所への誘導、同伴者への待ち合わせ場所連絡などのビル内案内サービスを提供するビル内案内システムに関するものである。 Patent Document 1 states, "In-building guidance system (claim 1) that transmits guidance information including a destination location and a user's current location to a mobile phone based on the sent destination location information and the location information of the mobile phone. "Is described. The technology of Patent Document 1 provides in-building guidance services such as automatic call registration of elevators, guidance to destinations, and contact with companions at meeting places by acquiring human location information using mobile phones and the like. It is related to the guidance system in the building to be provided.
特開2002-117173号公報JP-A-2002-117173
 特許文献1に記載のビル内案内システムでは、どのような利用者に対しても案内情報を送信するので、不審者などの不正な立ち入りを防止できない。
 また、利用者は、携帯電話を所持しなければならない。
 さらに、利用者は、システム側に目的場所を送信しなければならない。
 本発明の目的は、不審者などの不正な立ち入りを防止すると共に、利用者に負担をかけることなく目的場所へ誘導することができるデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム、方法及びプログラムを提供することにある。
Since the guidance information in the building described in Patent Document 1 transmits guidance information to any user, it is not possible to prevent unauthorized entry by a suspicious person or the like.
In addition, the user must have a mobile phone.
In addition, the user must send the destination to the system.
An object of the present invention is to provide a digital smart guide security system, method and program that can prevent unauthorized entry by a suspicious person and guide the user to a destination without imposing a burden on the user. is there.
 本発明に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムは、セキュリティ区域の入口又は内部において、人又は車両が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得すると共に、その人又は車両の映像を取得する行先取得手段と、セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両を映像によって識別する識別手段と、前記識別手段によって識別された人又は車両に対して、前記目的場所に案内する案内手段とを備えることを特徴とする。 The digital smart guide security system according to the present invention acquires information on a destination where a person or a vehicle goes at the entrance or inside of a security area, and a destination acquisition means for acquiring an image of the person or the vehicle, and security. It is characterized by including an identification means for identifying a person or a vehicle in the area by an image, and a guide means for guiding the person or the vehicle identified by the identification means to the destination.
 この構成により、不審者などの不正な立ち入りを防止することができる。また、利用者は、案内を受けるための携帯電話の所持やシステム側に目的場所を送信する手間がなくなるので、利用者に負担をかけることなく目的場所へ誘導することができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to prevent unauthorized entry by suspicious persons. In addition, since the user does not have to carry a mobile phone to receive the guidance or send the destination to the system side, the user can be guided to the destination without imposing a burden on the user.
 前記案内手段は、前記行先取得手段が人が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得した時刻からの、前記行先取得手段の位置とエレベータの位置の間の距離及び人の歩く速さに応じた時間に合せて前記エレベータを入口フロアに呼び出すことで、他のエレベータ利用者に迷惑をかけずに、効率よく作業性の高い案内をすることができる。 The guidance means is adjusted to the distance between the position of the destination acquisition means and the position of the elevator and the time corresponding to the walking speed of the person from the time when the destination acquisition means acquires the information about the destination where the person goes. By calling the elevator to the entrance floor, it is possible to provide efficient and highly workable guidance without causing trouble to other elevator users.
 前記行先取得手段は、前記映像における人の顔情報及び/又は身体特徴情報と人が属する区画の区画識別情報と関連づけて蓄積されている顔情報及び/又は身体特徴情報との照合に応じて目的場所を取得するものであることで、精度の高い顔認識及び/又は身体特徴情報の認識に基づいて、目的場所を取得することができる。 The destination acquisition means aims at collating the face information and / or body feature information of a person in the video with the face information and / or body feature information accumulated in association with the section identification information of the section to which the person belongs. By acquiring the location, the destination location can be acquired based on highly accurate face recognition and / or recognition of body feature information.
 前記行先取得手段は、オートロックの解錠に応じて目的場所を取得するものであることで、目的場所の取得を自動化することができ、迅速な処理(不正な立ち入り防止及び目的場所誘導)を行うことができる。特に多数の人が同時に出入りするオフィス等は、複数台のオートロック装置に対応できる。例えば、1台~n台。 Since the destination acquisition means acquires the destination location in response to the unlocking of the auto lock, the acquisition of the destination location can be automated, and prompt processing (prevention of unauthorized entry and guidance of the destination location) can be performed. It can be carried out. Especially in offices where many people come and go at the same time, it is possible to support multiple auto-lock devices. For example, 1 to n units.
 前記行先取得手段は、オートロック装置のディスプレイを撮影することによって目的場所を取得するものであることで、既存のオートロック装置に後付けでシステムを構築することができる。 The destination acquisition means acquires the destination location by photographing the display of the auto-lock device, so that a system can be retrofitted to the existing auto-lock device.
 前記解錠は、住戸からのものであることで、来訪者を選択して目的場所へ誘導することができる。 Since the unlocking is from the dwelling unit, the visitor can be selected and guided to the destination.
 前記解錠は、玄関又は敷地入口におけるものであることで、望まない来訪者を玄関先又は敷地入口で断ることができ、また正規な来訪者は目的場所へ順次誘導することができる。 Since the unlocking is performed at the entrance or the entrance of the site, unwanted visitors can be refused at the entrance or the entrance of the site, and regular visitors can be sequentially guided to the destination.
 前記案内は、立ち入り禁止エリアであることを告げる警報であることで、不審者(侵入者)を有効に撃退することができる。 The above guidance is an alarm that tells that the area is off limits, so that a suspicious person (intruder) can be effectively repelled.
 前記識別手段は、前記セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両の映像を撮影するカメラによって火災又はその兆候を認識し、前記案内手段は、前記識別手段の認識結果をもとに火災警報することで、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ動作を実行している間は、いつでも、火災警報も併せて行われるので、火災に関しての警報が多重化され、住居者や来訪者の安全をより高めることができる。また、新たな部材を追加することがないので、低コストで実施することができる。 The identification means recognizes a fire or a sign thereof by a camera that captures an image of a person or a vehicle in the security area, and the guidance means gives a fire warning based on the recognition result of the identification means. Fire alerts are also issued at any time during the digital smart guide security operation, so fire alerts can be multiplexed to further enhance the safety of residents and visitors. Moreover, since no new member is added, it can be carried out at low cost.
 本発明に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ方法は、セキュリティ区域の入口又は内部において、人又は車両が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得すると共に、その人又は車両の映像を取得する行先取得ステップと、セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両を映像によって識別する識別ステップと、前記識別ステップによって識別された人又は車両に対して、前記目的場所に案内する案内ステップとを備えることを特徴とする。 The digital smart guide security method according to the present invention includes a destination acquisition step of acquiring information about a destination where a person or a vehicle goes at the entrance or inside of a security area, and a destination acquisition step of acquiring an image of the person or the vehicle, and security. It is characterized by including an identification step for identifying a person or a vehicle in the area by an image, and a guidance step for guiding the person or the vehicle identified by the identification step to the destination.
 本発明は、コンピュータを、セキュリティ区域の入口又は内部において、人又は車両が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得すると共に、その人又は車両の映像を取得する行先取得手段と、セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両を映像によって識別する識別手段と、前記識別手段によって識別された人又は車両に対して、前記目的場所に案内する案内手段とを備えることを特徴とするデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムとして機能させるためのプログラムである。 The present invention uses a computer as a destination acquisition means for acquiring information about a destination where a person or a vehicle goes at the entrance or inside of a security area, and for acquiring an image of the person or the vehicle, and a person or a person in the security area. It functions as a digital smart guide security system characterized by comprising an identification means for identifying a vehicle by an image and a guidance means for guiding a person or a vehicle identified by the identification means to the destination. It is a program for.
 本発明によれば、不審者などの不正な立ち入りを防止すると共に、利用者に負担をかけることなく目的場所へ誘導することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to prevent unauthorized entry by a suspicious person and to guide the user to a destination without imposing a burden on the user.
本発明の第1の実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの制御部のブロック図である。It is a block diagram of the control part of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムを用いた全体を示す構成図である。It is a block diagram which shows the whole using the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのセキュリティアプリ動作を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the security application operation of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the digital smart guide security processing of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the digital smart guide security processing of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの敷地、建物、施設内のプライベートエリア、高セキュリティエリア、高リスクエリアへの人及び車両による進入を設定する3種のセキュリティベルトを説明する図である。Three types of security belts that set people and vehicles to enter the site, building, private area in the facility, high security area, and high risk area of the digital smart guide security system according to the first embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure explaining. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの不審な人を識別する識別処理を示すサブルーチンである。It is a subroutine which shows the identification process which identifies the suspicious person of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの超高層ビルの高層マンション、オフィス、ホテル、駐車場の構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the structure of the high-rise apartment, the office, the hotel, and the parking lot of the skyscraper of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 図8の超高層ビルのマンション(1F)の警備を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the security of the condominium (1F) of the skyscraper of FIG. 図8の超高層ビルのマンション目的階の警備を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the security of the condominium purpose floor of the skyscraper of FIG. 図8の超高層ビルのオフィス(1F)の警備を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the security of the office (1F) of the skyscraper of FIG. 図8の超高層ビルのオフィス目的階(9F)の警備を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the security of the office objective floor (9F) of the skyscraper of FIG. 図8の超高層ビルへの来訪者及び居住者の入場の手順を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the procedure of admission of a visitor and a resident to the skyscraper of FIG. 図8の超高層ビルに適用したデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the digital smart guide security processing of the digital smart guide security system applied to the skyscraper of FIG. 企業管理下の敷地に適用したデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the digital smart guide security processing of the digital smart guide security system applied to the site under the control of a company. 個人宅又は集合住宅の敷地に適用したデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the digital smart guide security processing of the digital smart guide security system applied to the site of a private house or an apartment house. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのディフェンス・ガイド機能について説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the defense guide function of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 図17の説明図における画像と音声によるディフェンス・ガイド機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the defense guide function by an image and sound in the explanatory view of FIG. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのドアホン監視による行先検知・登録機能を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the destination detection / registration function by the doorphone monitoring of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 図19のドアホン監視による行先検知・登録機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the destination detection / registration function by the doorphone monitoring of FIG. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムにおける建物・住戸入口での顔認証機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the face recognition function at the entrance of a building / dwelling unit in the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのAIアクセラレータによる人のトラッキング機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the person tracking function by the AI accelerator of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムにおける来訪者等が無許可の場所に立ち入ることを阻止する機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the function which prevents a visitor or the like from entering an unauthorized place in the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムにおける来訪者等が無許可の場所に立ち入ることを阻止する機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the function which prevents a visitor or the like from entering an unauthorized place in the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムにおける来訪者等が無許可の場所に立ち入ることを阻止する機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the function which prevents a visitor or the like from entering an unauthorized place in the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムにおける来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知する機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the function which notifies a person concerned about the history of a visitor and the like in the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの友連れ検知機能を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the piggybacking detection function of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの友連れ検知機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the tailgating detection function of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの来訪者等が退去したことを検知・登録解除する機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the function which detects and cancels the registration that the visitor of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 1st Embodiment of this invention has moved out. 本発明の第2実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ動作を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the digital smart guide security operation of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の変形例に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのエントランスでの行先検知・登録解除する機能を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the function of destination detection / deregistration at the entrance of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on the modification of this invention. 本発明の変形例に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのエレベータ周辺での行先案内機能を説明する図である。It is a figure explaining the destination guidance function around the elevator of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on the modification of this invention. 本発明の変形例に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの国際線ターミナルへの適用例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the application example to the international terminal of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on the modification of this invention. 本発明の変形例に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの入退出管理ゲート監視による行先検知・登録機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the operation of the destination detection / registration function by the entrance / exit management gate monitoring of the digital smart guide security system which concerns on the modification of this invention.
 以下、添付図面を参照しながら本発明を実施するための形態について詳細に説明する。
(第1実施形態)
 図1は、本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの構成を示すブロック図である。
 第1実施形態は、住居、マンション及びオフィスに適用した例である。
 本デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムは、住居、企業の事務所、工場、研究所、情報処理室又は金銭集計室等の高度の管理を要する事業所等に適用して好適である。
Hereinafter, embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings.
(First Embodiment)
FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a digital smart guide security system according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
The first embodiment is an example applied to a residence, a condominium and an office.
This digital smart guide security system is suitable for application to business establishments that require a high degree of management, such as residences, corporate offices, factories, research institutes, information processing rooms, and money collection rooms.
 図1に示すように、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、セキュリティ区域の各所に設置された監視カメラ11(撮影手段)と、人感センサ20と、セキュリティ区域内に設置されたWi-Fi(Wireless Fidelity)ターミナル(以下「Wi-Fi親機」という)30と、ビーコン親機40と、関係者(家族)が携帯する携帯端末装置50(ID(Identification)端末)と、システム全体を制御する監視装置100と、AI(Artificial Intelligence:人工知能)アクセラレータ(Accelerator)200(認識手段)と、を備える。セキュリティ区域は、警戒エリア(警備対象エリア)であり、例えば、住居であれば敷地、玄関先及びベランダ、オフィスであればエレベータホール、ベランダ及び窓を含む。 As shown in FIG. 1, the digital smart guide security system 1000 includes surveillance cameras 11 (photographing means) installed in various places in the security area, human sensor 20 and Wi-Fi installed in the security area. Controls the entire system, including the (Wireless Fidelity) terminal (hereinafter referred to as "Wi-Fi master unit") 30, the beacon master unit 40, and the mobile terminal device 50 (ID (Identification) terminal) carried by related parties (family members). The monitoring device 100 and the AI (Artificial Intelligence) accelerator (Accelerator) 200 (recognition means) are provided. The security area is a security area (security target area), and includes, for example, a site, a front door and a balcony for a residence, and an elevator hall, a balcony and a window for an office.
 なお、監視装置100は、セキュリティ区域内に設置されているが、図示しないネットワークを介して外部に設置してもよい。監視装置100を、ネットワーク上のサーバに設置すると、複数のセキュリティ区域を監視対象とすることができる。 Although the monitoring device 100 is installed in the security area, it may be installed outside via a network (not shown). When the monitoring device 100 is installed on a server on the network, a plurality of security areas can be monitored.
<監視カメラ11>
 監視カメラ11は、2次元又は3次元で特定されるセキュリティ区域の画像(2次元)を撮影する。
 監視カメラ11の一部又は全部は、PTZ(パン・チルト・ズーム)機能を有するPTZカメラであり、監視装置100により遠隔操作される。監視カメラ11は、セキュリティ該当建物の警備対象の外壁周囲、例えば侵入者が出入可能な出入口、窓開口部、敷地境界外周部、該当敷地エリアの各所に設置される。監視カメラ11が撮影した画像は、監視装置100に出力され、録画部160に記録される。
<Surveillance camera 11>
The surveillance camera 11 captures an image (two-dimensional) of the security area specified in two dimensions or three dimensions.
A part or all of the surveillance camera 11 is a PTZ camera having a PTZ (pan / tilt / zoom) function, and is remotely controlled by the surveillance device 100. The surveillance cameras 11 are installed around the outer wall of the security target building, for example, at the entrance / exit where an intruder can enter / exit, the window opening, the outer periphery of the site boundary, and the corresponding site area. The image taken by the surveillance camera 11 is output to the surveillance device 100 and recorded in the recording unit 160.
<人感センサ20>
 人感センサ20は、サーモカメラや赤外線カメラ等であり、セキュリティ区域内の感知対象物の温度を検出して、セキュリティ区域内の不審者を検出する。
<Human sensor 20>
The motion sensor 20 is a thermo camera, an infrared camera, or the like, and detects the temperature of a sensing object in the security area to detect a suspicious person in the security area.
<Wi-Fi親機30>
 Wi-Fi親機30は、Wi-Fiを用いて携帯端末装置50のWi-Fi子機51との間で情報をやり取りする。また、Wi-Fi親機30は、Wi-Fi測位による位置情報取得、すなわちWi-Fiアクセスポイントと所定の位置情報サービスを利用してWi-Fi子機51の位置情報を取得できる。
<Wi-Fi master unit 30>
The Wi-Fi master unit 30 exchanges information with the Wi-Fi slave unit 51 of the mobile terminal device 50 using Wi-Fi. Further, the Wi-Fi master unit 30 can acquire position information by Wi-Fi positioning, that is, can acquire the position information of the Wi-Fi slave unit 51 by using the Wi-Fi access point and a predetermined position information service.
<ビーコン親機40>
 ビーコン親機40は、玄関等に設置され、BLE(Bluetooth Low Energy)により個体識別符号の入ったビーコン信号を送るBLE送信機である。
 BLEは、近接を検知する無線技術である。BLEは、発信側のビーコン機器であるビーコン親機40と、ビーコン親機40からの電波受信に対応した携帯端末装置50のアプリ(後記ビーコン子機52に対応する)の組み合わせによって構成される。BLEは、識別に必要な固有のID情報を発信し、携帯端末装置50の当該ID情報に紐付けられたアプリにしか反応しない。携帯端末装置50のアプリは、ビーコン親機40と同じ識別子を登録しておく。携帯端末装置50のアプリ(ビーコン子機52)は、BLE機能を搭載したアプリケーション実行によりバックグラウンドで待機し、ビーコン親機40のビーコンに近接したときに所定アクションを励起する。
<Beacon master unit 40>
The beacon master unit 40 is a BLE transmitter installed at a front door or the like and transmits a beacon signal containing an individual identification code by BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy).
BLE is a wireless technology that detects proximity. The BLE is composed of a combination of a beacon master unit 40, which is a beacon device on the transmitting side, and an application of a mobile terminal device 50 (corresponding to the beacon slave unit 52 described later) that supports reception of radio waves from the beacon master unit 40. The BLE transmits unique ID information necessary for identification and reacts only to the application associated with the ID information of the mobile terminal device 50. The application of the mobile terminal device 50 registers the same identifier as the beacon master unit 40. The application (beacon slave unit 52) of the mobile terminal device 50 stands by in the background by executing an application equipped with a BLE function, and excites a predetermined action when approaching the beacon of the beacon master unit 40.
[携帯端末装置50]
 携帯端末装置50は、家族などがそれぞれ携帯する。携帯端末装置50は、例えばスマートフォン50a、タブレット50b、又はノートパソコン50cなどである。携帯端末装置50は、このほか、携帯電話、PHS(Personal Handy-Phone System)、PDA(Personal Digital Assistants)、又は専用端末などである。本実施形態では、携帯端末装置50は、家族などが様々な場所(すなわち現在位置)で使用可能であり、図示しない電話回線を介して監視装置100からのメール又は動画を含む映像等を受信可能である。
[Mobile terminal device 50]
The mobile terminal device 50 is carried by a family member or the like. The mobile terminal device 50 is, for example, a smartphone 50a, a tablet 50b, a notebook computer 50c, or the like. The mobile terminal device 50 is also a mobile phone, a PHS (Personal Handy-Phone System), a PDA (Personal Digital Assistants), a dedicated terminal, or the like. In the present embodiment, the mobile terminal device 50 can be used by a family member or the like in various places (that is, the current position), and can receive an e-mail or a video including a moving image from the monitoring device 100 via a telephone line (not shown). Is.
 本実施形態では、携帯端末装置50は、スマートフォン50a(ID端末)の利用を想定しており、各個人が様々な場所(すなわち現在位置)で使用可能である。携帯端末装置50のうちの一つは、図示しない警備会社に配置される。 In the present embodiment, the mobile terminal device 50 assumes the use of a smartphone 50a (ID terminal), and each individual can use it in various places (that is, the current position). One of the mobile terminal devices 50 is located at a security company (not shown).
 スマートフォン50aは、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティアプリ(以下、「セキュリティアプリ」という)を有する。セキュリティアプリを、例えば各アプリのバックグランド処理で起動させておくと、通信キャリア網(固定網及び携帯電話通信網)、ウェブサービスクラウド300(後記図3参照)、又はインターネット303(後記図3参照)を経由して、ウェブサービスクラウド300上のクラウドサーバ301(後記図3参照)に接続でき、クラウドサーバ301から不審者に関するテロップを受け取ることができる。スマートフォン50aは、待受け画面等に不審者を検出したテロップを通知できる。 The smartphone 50a has a digital smart guide security application (hereinafter referred to as "security application"). When the security application is started by the background processing of each application, for example, the communication carrier network (fixed network and mobile phone communication network), the web service cloud 300 (see FIG. 3 below), or the Internet 303 (see FIG. 3 below). ) Can be connected to the cloud server 301 (see FIG. 3 below) on the web service cloud 300, and the telop about the suspicious person can be received from the cloud server 301. The smartphone 50a can notify a telop in which a suspicious person is detected on a standby screen or the like.
 スマートフォン50aは、Wi-Fi個別識別機(以下「Wi-Fi子機」という)51と、その位置を捕捉するGPS53と、を備える。
 なお、スマートフォン50aは、ビーコン子機52を備えているものでもよい。又は、スマートフォン50aは、Wi-Fi子機51と、ビーコン子機52と、GPS53とのいずれか一つを備えるものでもよい。
The smartphone 50a includes a Wi-Fi individual identification device (hereinafter referred to as a "Wi-Fi slave unit") 51, and a GPS 53 that captures the position thereof.
The smartphone 50a may be provided with the beacon slave unit 52. Alternatively, the smartphone 50a may include any one of the Wi-Fi slave unit 51, the beacon slave unit 52, and the GPS 53.
<Wi-Fi子機51>
 Wi-Fi子機51は、業務施設に設置されたWi-Fi親機30の電波を受信及び個別識別する。監視装置100は、施設内に設置されたWi-Fi親機30の配置情報をセフティ関連情報として記憶している。Wi-Fi子機51がWi-Fi親機30に近接すると、携帯端末装置50を携帯する関係者のIDと位置を判定することができる。
<Wi-Fi handset 51>
The Wi-Fi slave unit 51 receives and individually identifies the radio waves of the Wi-Fi master unit 30 installed in the business facility. The monitoring device 100 stores the arrangement information of the Wi-Fi master unit 30 installed in the facility as safety-related information. When the Wi-Fi slave unit 51 approaches the Wi-Fi master unit 30, it is possible to determine the ID and position of the person who carries the mobile terminal device 50.
<ビーコン子機52>
 ビーコン子機52は、ビーコン親機40からの電波受信に対応した携帯端末装置50のアプリである。ビーコン親機40は、ビーコン(識別に必要な固有のID情報)を発信し、携帯端末装置50のアプリ(ビーコン子機52)は、ビーコン親機40のビーコンに近接したときに所定アクションを励起する。
<Beacon slave unit 52>
The beacon slave unit 52 is an application of the mobile terminal device 50 that supports reception of radio waves from the beacon master unit 40. The beacon master unit 40 transmits a beacon (unique ID information necessary for identification), and the application (beacon slave unit 52) of the mobile terminal device 50 excites a predetermined action when approaching the beacon of the beacon master unit 40. To do.
<GPS53>
 GPS53は、位置情報の電波をGPS衛星等から受信する。GPS53は、GPSアンテナを介して受信した情報より、現在位置情報を、緯度、経度及び高度の3つのパラメータとして算出して位置情報を取得する。取得した位置情報は、適時、監視装置100に送信される。
<GPS53>
The GPS 53 receives radio waves of position information from GPS satellites and the like. The GPS 53 acquires the position information by calculating the current position information as three parameters of latitude, longitude and altitude from the information received via the GPS antenna. The acquired position information is timely transmitted to the monitoring device 100.
 なお、本実施形態では、位置情報を取得する手段として、GPS衛星を利用した例を示したが、GPS以外の、基地局との位置関係を利用した方式でもよい。例えば、モバイル端末である携帯端末装置50として、Android(登録商標)スマートフォンやカメラ付き高機能携帯電話機を使用する場合、GPS53に代えて又は併用して、基地局及び携帯電話通信網(図示省略)を介して携帯電話会社サーバと情報の送受信を行い、接近確認から自端末の現在位置情報を取得することも可能である。 In the present embodiment, an example using GPS satellites is shown as a means for acquiring position information, but a method using a positional relationship with a base station other than GPS may also be used. For example, when an Android (registered trademark) smartphone or a high-performance mobile phone with a camera is used as the mobile terminal device 50, which is a mobile terminal, a base station and a mobile phone communication network (not shown) are used in place of or in combination with GPS53. It is also possible to send and receive information to and from the mobile phone company server via the mobile phone company and acquire the current location information of the own terminal from the proximity confirmation.
 また、Wi-Fi測位による位置情報取得、すなわちWi-Fiアクセスポイントと所定の位置情報サービスを利用した位置情報取得を用いてもよい。 Further, location information acquisition by Wi-Fi positioning, that is, location information acquisition using a Wi-Fi access point and a predetermined location information service may be used.
[監視装置100]
 監視装置100は、関係者(例えば家族)の住居又は建物共有部等に設置され、セキュリティ区域内を集中管理する。監視装置100は、一般的なサーバ計算機、又はパーソナルコンピュータ(PC)等であってよい。
[Monitoring device 100]
The monitoring device 100 is installed in a residence or a building common area of a person concerned (for example, a family member) and centrally manages the security area. The monitoring device 100 may be a general server computer, a personal computer (PC), or the like.
 監視装置100は、制御部110と、入力部120と、記憶部130と、表示部140と、出力部150と、録画部160(録画手段)と、登録者情報/不審者情報DB(データベース)165と、トラッキング用DB166と、画像処理部170と、インタフェース(I/F)部180と、通信部190と、を備え、各部はバス195により接続される。 The monitoring device 100 includes a control unit 110, an input unit 120, a storage unit 130, a display unit 140, an output unit 150, a recording unit 160 (recording means), and a registrant information / suspicious person information DB (database). It includes 165, a tracking DB 166, an image processing unit 170, an interface (I / F) unit 180, and a communication unit 190, and each unit is connected by a bus 195.
 以降、「○○部は」と主体を記した場合は、制御部110が必要に応じROMから各プログラムを読み出した上でRAMにロードし、各機能(後記)を実行するものとする。各プログラムは、予め記憶部130に記憶されていてもよいし、他の記憶媒体又は通信媒体を介して、必要なときに監視装置100に取り込まれてもよい。 After that, when the subject is described as "○○ part is", the control unit 110 shall read each program from the ROM as necessary, load it into the RAM, and execute each function (described later). Each program may be stored in the storage unit 130 in advance, or may be incorporated into the monitoring device 100 when necessary via another storage medium or communication medium.
 制御部110は、CPU(Central Processing Unit)等により構成され、監視装置100全体を制御するとともに、制御プログラムを実行して、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムとして機能させる。制御部110の詳細な構成については、後記する。 The control unit 110 is composed of a CPU (Central Processing Unit) and the like, controls the entire monitoring device 100, executes a control program, and functions as a digital smart guide security system. The detailed configuration of the control unit 110 will be described later.
 入力部120は、キーボード、マウス、表示部140の画面上に設けられたタッチパネル及びマイクなど、監視装置100のユーザが指示などを入力するための入力機器である。 The input unit 120 is an input device for the user of the monitoring device 100 to input instructions and the like, such as a keyboard, a mouse, a touch panel and a microphone provided on the screen of the display unit 140.
 記憶部130は、ROM(Read Only Memory)、RAM(Random Access Memory)及びEEPROM(Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory)などのメモリからなり、制御部110が用いる各種データ及びプログラムなどを記憶する。記憶部130は、監視カメラ11から受信した静止画又は動画、制御部110が用いる各種データ及びプログラムなどを記憶する。 The storage unit 130 includes memories such as ROM (Read Only Memory), RAM (Random Access Memory), and EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), and stores various data and programs used by the control unit 110. The storage unit 130 stores still images or moving images received from the surveillance camera 11, various data and programs used by the control unit 110, and the like.
 表示部140は、監視装置100の動作状況をはじめ、監視カメラ11から受信した画像、又は監視装置100を操作するためのGUI(Graphical User Interface)などを表示する。 The display unit 140 displays the operating status of the monitoring device 100, the image received from the monitoring camera 11, the GUI (Graphical User Interface) for operating the monitoring device 100, and the like.
 出力部150は、例えばインタフェースであり、セキュリティ区域内の音響システム155(案内手段)に対して監視装置100からの音声信号を出力するとともに、ガイド用モニタ156(案内手段)に対して、監視装置100からの画像信号を出力する。監視装置100から音響システム155へ出力する音声信号としては、例えば、入力部120に設けられたマイクなどの音声入力装置から入力された音声信号、又は記憶部130に記憶された音楽データを制御部110が再生した音声信号であってよい。音響システム155は、アンプ及び敷地内に配置された複数のスピーカを備え、監視装置100から入力された信号をセキュリティ区域内に発声する。ガイド用モニタ156は、TVや移動可能なタブレットであってもよい。 The output unit 150 is, for example, an interface, which outputs an audio signal from the monitoring device 100 to the acoustic system 155 (guidance means) in the security area, and also outputs a voice signal to the guide monitor 156 (guidance means). The image signal from 100 is output. As the audio signal output from the monitoring device 100 to the acoustic system 155, for example, an audio signal input from an audio input device such as a microphone provided in the input unit 120, or music data stored in the storage unit 130 is controlled by the control unit. 110 may be the reproduced audio signal. The sound system 155 includes an amplifier and a plurality of speakers arranged on the premises, and emits a signal input from the monitoring device 100 into the security area. The guide monitor 156 may be a TV or a movable tablet.
 録画部160は、HDD(Hard Disk Drive)などの外部記憶装置により構成され、監視カメラ11が撮影したセキュリティ区域内の画像を記録する。録画部160は、撮影後所定の短時間は高画質で録画し、その所定の短時間経過後は低画質に変換して所定の長時間まで録画する。 The recording unit 160 is composed of an external storage device such as an HDD (Hard Disk Drive), and records an image in the security area taken by the surveillance camera 11. The recording unit 160 records high image quality for a predetermined short time after shooting, converts it to low image quality after the predetermined short time elapses, and records for a predetermined long time.
 登録者情報/不審者情報DB165は、家族、保護者、来訪者など登録者情報と、不審者情報とを蓄積する。登録者情報/不審者情報DB165は、顔情報DB(図示省略)として、登録者及び不審者の顔画像(顔情報)を蓄積する。登録者の顔情報は、区画識別情報(例えば、マンションであれば、住戸番号、研究所であれば、部屋番号など)と関連づけて蓄積する。登録者情報/不審者情報DB165は、事故歴・行動歴DBとして、不審者の顔情報と関連づけて事故歴、行動歴を蓄積してもよい。この顔情報DBや事故歴・行動歴DBに登録されている人物の顔などの基礎データは、I/F部180を介して図示しない本部、本社又は警備会社などからデータを入手して、顔情報DBが構築される。また、図示しない本部、本社又は警備会社などと情報を交換して、相互の顔情報DBが最新の顔画像(顔情報)に更新可能である。 The registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 stores registrant information such as family members, guardians, and visitors, and suspicious person information. The registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 accumulates face images (face information) of the registrant and the suspicious person as a face information DB (not shown). The face information of the registrant is accumulated in association with the lot identification information (for example, the house number in the case of an apartment, the room number in the case of a research institute, etc.). The registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 may accumulate the accident history and the action history in association with the face information of the suspicious person as the accident history / action history DB. Basic data such as the face of a person registered in the face information DB and the accident history / action history DB is obtained from the headquarters, the head office, a security company, etc., which are not shown, via the I / F section 180, and the face. An information DB is constructed. In addition, mutual face information DB can be updated to the latest face image (face information) by exchanging information with the headquarters, head office, security company, etc. (not shown).
 トラッキング用DB166は、AIアクセラレータ200で用いる、人の顔や身体特徴などのトラッキング用顔・身体特徴を蓄積する。また、車両の場合には、その外観を蓄積する。 The tracking DB166 accumulates tracking facial / physical features such as a human face and physical features used in the AI accelerator 200. Moreover, in the case of a vehicle, the appearance is accumulated.
 また、監視カメラ11によって撮影された画像の2次元の各位置と監視カメラ11によって撮影された3次元空間内の各位置とを対応付けて記憶する画像対応DB(図示省略)を備える。制御部110は、3次元空間内に定義した形状を2次元面上に投影する投影変換によって対応付けて画像対応DBに記憶する。画像対応DBは、記憶部130のメモリ領域の一部を使用するものでもよい。 Further, it is provided with an image correspondence DB (not shown) that stores each position in two dimensions of the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 and each position in the three-dimensional space taken by the surveillance camera 11 in association with each other. The control unit 110 stores the shape defined in the three-dimensional space in the image correspondence DB in association with it by a projection transformation that projects it on a two-dimensional surface. The image correspondence DB may use a part of the memory area of the storage unit 130.
 画像処理部170は、DSP(Digital Signal Processor)等により構成され、受信した画像に対して予め定められた処理を行う。予め定められた処理には、輪郭抽出、画像のリサイズ、又は解像度変換処理などがある。 The image processing unit 170 is composed of a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) or the like, and performs predetermined processing on the received image. Predetermined processing includes contour extraction, image resizing, resolution conversion processing, and the like.
 監視カメラ11で1秒間に撮影する画像が例えば5コマの画像である場合、1/5秒画像、2/5秒画像、3/5秒画像、4/5秒画像、5/5秒画像の動きで、1秒間に10コマの画像である場合には、10個の画像の動きで、対象物の外形形状線を入力すれば、動く対象物の大きさが分かる。
 画像処理部170は、監視カメラ11で撮影された画像データを処理し、セキュリティ区域内の画像を出力する。
When the image captured by the surveillance camera 11 in 1 second is, for example, a 5-frame image, the 1/5 second image, the 2/5 second image, the 3/5 second image, the 4/5 second image, and the 5/5 second image. In the case of 10 frames of images per second in motion, the size of the moving object can be known by inputting the outer shape line of the object in the motion of 10 images.
The image processing unit 170 processes the image data taken by the surveillance camera 11 and outputs the image in the security area.
 I/F部180は、セキュリティ区域内に配置された各監視カメラ11と監視装置100とを接続する。また、I/F部180は、図示しない本部、本社又は警備会社などにネットワーク又は専用回線により接続する。
 通信部190は、基地局を介して携帯端末装置50とデータを送受信する。通信部190は、無線通信機能を有し、例えばUART(Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter)を用いて制御基板に接続される。
The I / F unit 180 connects each surveillance camera 11 arranged in the security area with the surveillance device 100. Further, the I / F unit 180 is connected to a headquarters, a head office, a security company, etc. (not shown) by a network or a dedicated line.
The communication unit 190 transmits / receives data to / from the mobile terminal device 50 via the base station. The communication unit 190 has a wireless communication function, and is connected to a control board using, for example, a UART (Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter).
[制御部110]
 図2は、本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000の制御部110のブロック図である。
 図2に示す制御部110は、CPU(Central Processing Unit)等により構成され、監視装置100全体を制御するとともに、制御プログラムを実行して、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムとして機能させる。
 制御部110は、行先取得部111(行先取得手段)と、識別部112(認識手段)と、案内部113(案内手段)と、ID端末検出部114(ID端末検出手段)と、ID端末登録部115(ID端末登録手段)と、通報部116(通報手段)とを備える。
[Control unit 110]
FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the control unit 110 of the digital smart guide security system 1000 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
The control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 is composed of a CPU (Central Processing Unit) or the like, controls the entire monitoring device 100, executes a control program, and functions as a digital smart guide security system.
The control unit 110 includes a destination acquisition unit 111 (destination acquisition means), an identification unit 112 (recognition means), a guidance unit 113 (guidance means), an ID terminal detection unit 114 (ID terminal detection means), and an ID terminal registration. A unit 115 (ID terminal registration means) and a reporting unit 116 (reporting means) are provided.
<制御部110>
 制御部110は、ID端末検出部114が検出したID端末(携帯端末装置50;スマートフォン50a)を所持している人(家族など所定のIDを所持している人など)か否かを判別する。
<Control unit 110>
The control unit 110 determines whether or not the person has the ID terminal (mobile terminal device 50; smartphone 50a) detected by the ID terminal detection unit 114 (a person who has a predetermined ID such as a family member). ..
 制御部110は、ID端末検出部114が検出したID端末を所持している人を不審者から除外する。 The control unit 110 excludes the person who possesses the ID terminal detected by the ID terminal detection unit 114 from the suspicious person.
 制御部110は、登録者情報DB165を参照して、ID端末登録部115が登録したID端末(来客などのID)を所持している人か否かを判別し、ID端末(来客などのID)を登録している人を不審者から除外する。 The control unit 110 refers to the registrant information DB 165 to determine whether or not the person has the ID terminal (ID of the visitor or the like) registered by the ID terminal registration unit 115, and determines whether or not the person has the ID terminal (ID of the visitor or the like). ) Is excluded from suspicious persons.
 制御部110は、セキュリティ区域内の人又は車両の位置に基づいて侵入の危険度を判定する。例えば、侵入者がセキュリティベルトである、イエローベルトY、オレンジベルトO、レッドベルトR(図6、図9~図12参照)のどこにいるかにより侵入の危険度を判定する。 The control unit 110 determines the risk of intrusion based on the position of a person or vehicle in the security area. For example, the risk of intrusion is determined based on where the intruder is on the security belts, the yellow belt Y, the orange belt O, and the red belt R (see FIGS. 6, 9 to 12).
 制御部110は、危険度に応じた画像又は音声による対話又は音声による警告を行う。 The control unit 110 performs an image or voice dialogue or a voice warning according to the degree of danger.
 制御部110は、人検出によって識別された人の2次元の位置と人の大きさ(特に、人の頭の大きさ)とに基づいて、画像対応DB(図示省略)によって人の3次元空間内の位置を検出する。具体的には、制御部110は、画像対応DBから、あらかじめ3次元空間内に投影した形状として定義して記憶しておいた投影形状を読み出す。制御部110は、セキュリティ区域内で検出した人の2次元画像と人の大きさをもとに、3次元空間内に定義した形状を2次元面上に逆投影変換を行う。制御部110は、1つの監視カメラ11の画像から逆投影変換をすることによって、3次元位置を検出する。原理的には、2次元画像で3次元の位置を検出することはできないはずであるが、人の大きさが既知であるとする(人による頭の大きさの違いはほとんどないことを前提とする)と、1つの監視カメラ11が撮影した2次元画像と、検知した人の大きさ情報とをもとに3次元位置を検出することができる。 The control unit 110 is based on the two-dimensional position of the person and the size of the person (particularly the size of the head of the person) identified by the person detection, and the three-dimensional space of the person by the image correspondence DB (not shown). Detect the position inside. Specifically, the control unit 110 reads out the projected shape that has been defined and stored in advance as the shape projected in the three-dimensional space from the image correspondence DB. The control unit 110 back-projects the shape defined in the three-dimensional space onto the two-dimensional plane based on the two-dimensional image of the person detected in the security area and the size of the person. The control unit 110 detects the three-dimensional position by performing a back-projection transformation from the image of one surveillance camera 11. In principle, it should not be possible to detect a 3D position in a 2D image, but it is assumed that the size of the person is known (assuming that there is almost no difference in the size of the head between people). The three-dimensional position can be detected based on the two-dimensional image taken by one surveillance camera 11 and the size information of the detected person.
<行先取得部111>
 行先取得部111は、セキュリティ区域の入口において、人又は車両が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得すると共に、その映像を取得する。人であれば、具体的には、行先取得部111は、オートロックの解錠(例えば、住戸からの解錠、玄関における解錠)に基づいて目的場所を取得する。ちなみに、マンションのオートロックシステムは、建物のエントランス(共用玄関)にあるドアに自動で鍵がかかり、居住者がインターホンの通話・映像により来訪者を確認した上で入館させることができる。
<Destination acquisition unit 111>
At the entrance of the security area, the destination acquisition unit 111 acquires information on the destination where a person or a vehicle goes, and acquires the video. If it is a person, specifically, the destination acquisition unit 111 acquires the destination location based on the unlocking of the auto lock (for example, unlocking from the dwelling unit, unlocking at the entrance). By the way, the auto-lock system of the condominium automatically locks the door at the entrance (shared entrance) of the building, and the resident can enter the building after confirming the visitor by calling and video of the intercom.
<識別部112>
 識別部112は、セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両を映像によって識別する。また、識別部112は、監視カメラ11によって撮影された画像から火災又は火災の兆候を検出する。
 識別部112は、監視カメラ11によって撮影された画像から人又は車両を検出し、その大きさを検出する。具体的には、識別部112は、AIアクセラレータ200(後記)を用いてセキュリティ区域内の人又は車両を識別する。識別部112は、AIアクセラレータ200に対して人又は車両識別要求を発行し、AIアクセラレータ200は、CPU以外でAIの計算を実行して、人又は車両の識別結果を識別部112に送信する。人又は車両識別には正確性及び高速性が求められるので、人又は車両識別にAIアクセラレータ200を用いている。
<Identification unit 112>
The identification unit 112 identifies a person or a vehicle in the security area by video. In addition, the identification unit 112 detects a fire or a sign of fire from the image taken by the surveillance camera 11.
The identification unit 112 detects a person or a vehicle from the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 and detects the size thereof. Specifically, the identification unit 112 uses the AI accelerator 200 (described later) to identify a person or vehicle in the security area. The identification unit 112 issues a person or vehicle identification request to the AI accelerator 200, and the AI accelerator 200 executes an AI calculation other than the CPU and transmits the identification result of the person or vehicle to the identification unit 112. Since accuracy and high speed are required for identifying a person or a vehicle, the AI accelerator 200 is used for identifying a person or a vehicle.
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、AIアクセラレータ200による深層学習において、特に、人又は車両のみを監視対象とすることで、従来の画像差分を用いた動体検出型の監視カメラによる画像認識に比べて極めて高い精度での侵入者の検出を行うことができる。 In deep learning by the AI accelerator 200, the digital smart guide security system 1000 monitors only people or vehicles, as compared with image recognition by a conventional motion detection type surveillance camera using image difference. It is possible to detect an intruder with extremely high accuracy.
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、AIアクセラレータ200による人又は車両のトラッキング機能(後記)によりセキュリティ区域内への侵入者を検出する。 The digital smart guide security system 1000 detects an intruder in the security area by the tracking function (described later) of a person or a vehicle by the AI accelerator 200.
 本実施形態では、識別部112は、AIアクセラレータ200を用いて人又は車両を識別しているが、サーモカメラ(又は人感センサ20)で人を検出するようにしてもよい。すなわち、人感センサ20は、セキュリティ区域内の温度を検出する。そして、識別部112は、人感センサ20が人の体温を検出し、かつ、監視カメラ11がその撮影画像の変化を検出したことによって人(不審者候補)の存在を検出する。 In the present embodiment, the identification unit 112 identifies a person or a vehicle by using the AI accelerator 200, but the thermo camera (or the motion sensor 20) may detect the person. That is, the motion sensor 20 detects the temperature in the security area. Then, the identification unit 112 detects the presence of a person (suspicious person candidate) by detecting the body temperature of the person by the motion sensor 20 and detecting the change in the captured image by the surveillance camera 11.
 なお、識別部112は、AIアクセラレータ200を用いた人識別と、サーモカメラ(又は人感センサ)を用いた人検出とを組み合わせてもよい。例えば、セキュリティ区域内のうち、人検出の高速性が要求される、玄関先やベランダ、窓についてはAIアクセラレータ200を用い、人識別の高速性が要求されない敷地と外部の境界の敷地内はサーモカメラ(又は人感センサ)を使用する。 Note that the identification unit 112 may combine person identification using the AI accelerator 200 and person detection using a thermo camera (or motion sensor). For example, in the security area, AI accelerator 200 is used for the entrance, veranda, and windows where high speed of person detection is required, and the site of the boundary between the site and the outside where high speed of person identification is not required is a thermo. Use a camera (or motion sensor).
<案内部113>
 案内部113は、識別部112によって識別された人又は車両に対して、目的場所に案内する。案内部113は、例えば、音響システム155(図2参照)による音声ガイダンス、またガイド用モニタ156(図2参照)による表示により人又は車両を目的場所まで案内する。
<Information unit 113>
The guide unit 113 guides the person or vehicle identified by the identification unit 112 to the destination. The guide unit 113 guides a person or a vehicle to a destination by, for example, voice guidance by an acoustic system 155 (see FIG. 2) or display by a guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 2).
<ID端末検出部114及びID端末登録部115>
 ID端末検出部114は、非侵入者が所持するID(Identification)端末を検出する。
 ID端末登録部115は、来客等が所持するID端末を登録者情報DB165に登録する。
<ID terminal detection unit 114 and ID terminal registration unit 115>
The ID terminal detection unit 114 detects an ID (Identification) terminal possessed by a non-intruder.
The ID terminal registration unit 115 registers the ID terminal possessed by the visitor or the like in the registrant information DB 165.
<通報部116>
 通報部116は、識別部112によって識別された人又は車両に対して、領域に対応した音声で警告を行うとともに、不審者の存在を関係者に通報する。通報部116は、通報部116は、危険度(注意度、緊急度)に応じた通報を行う。
<Report section 116>
The reporting unit 116 warns the person or vehicle identified by the identification unit 112 with a voice corresponding to the area, and notifies the related persons of the existence of a suspicious person. The reporting unit 116 makes a report according to the degree of danger (degree of caution, degree of urgency).
 通報部116は、ID端末検出部114が検出したID端末を所持している人を通報しない。 The reporting unit 116 does not report the person who possesses the ID terminal detected by the ID terminal detecting unit 114.
[AIアクセラレータ200]
 AIアクセラレータ200は、人又は車両を識別する専用プロセッサであり、CPU以外の計算リソースを用いる。AIアクセラレータ200は、例えば、GPU(Graphics Processing Unit)を強化したプロセッサよる画像処理、FPGA(Field Programmable Gate Array)を用いた信号処理のアクセラレートである。また、AIアクセラレータ200は、専用ハード(例えば、GPU)上でAI(Artificial Intelligence:人工知能)の計算を実行する。
 AIアクセラレータ200は、トラッキング用DB166を用いて人又は車両のトラッキング(後記)を行う。
[AI Accelerator 200]
The AI accelerator 200 is a dedicated processor that identifies a person or a vehicle, and uses a computing resource other than a CPU. The AI accelerator 200 is, for example, an accelerator for image processing by a processor enhanced with a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit) and signal processing using an FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array). Further, the AI accelerator 200 executes the calculation of AI (Artificial Intelligence) on a dedicated hardware (for example, GPU).
The AI accelerator 200 tracks a person or a vehicle (described later) using the tracking DB166.
[デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム]
 図3は、本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000を用いた全体を示す構成図である。
 図3に示すように、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、ウェブサービスクラウド300上に、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティサービスを提供するクラウドサーバ(商用サーバ)301、クラウドサーバ301に連携して能動的に情報を取得してユーザのスマートフォン50a(携帯端末装置;ID端末)に通知するPush通知サーバ302を有する。ウェブサービスクラウド300は、インターネット303に接続される。スマートフォン50aは、インターネット303を経由してウェブサービスクラウド300上のクラウドサーバ301にテキスト及び画像を送信することができる。また、スマートフォン50aは、インターネット303を経由してPush通知サーバ302からPush通知を受信する。さらに、クラウドサーバ301及びPush通知サーバ302は、LTE/3G網などの通信キャリア網(固定網)(図示省略)を経由して、セキュリティアプリが搭載されたスマートフォン50aに接続する。
[Digital Smart Guide Security System]
FIG. 3 is a configuration diagram showing the whole using the digital smart guide security system 1000 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 3, the digital smart guide security system 1000 is active on the web service cloud 300 in cooperation with the cloud server (commercial server) 301 and the cloud server 301 that provide the digital smart guide security service. It has a Push notification server 302 that acquires information and notifies the user's smartphone 50a (mobile terminal device; ID terminal). The web service cloud 300 is connected to the Internet 303. The smartphone 50a can transmit texts and images to the cloud server 301 on the web service cloud 300 via the Internet 303. Further, the smartphone 50a receives the push notification from the push notification server 302 via the Internet 303. Further, the cloud server 301 and the push notification server 302 are connected to the smartphone 50a equipped with the security application via a communication carrier network (fixed network) (not shown) such as an LTE / 3G network.
 図3に示すように、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、不審者の立ち入り禁止エリアへの侵入を検知し、関係者(マンション管理人又は居住者等)が所持するスマートフォン50aにプッシュ通知する。
 スマートフォン50aに来た通知をユーザがタップすると、セキュリティアプリが起動して不審者のズーム画面を表示し、「1F玄関にて不審者が検知されました」というテロップが流れる。同時にその内容が音声で読み上げられる。このように、スマートフォン50aの画面のテロップと音声とで不審者の通知が行われる。さらに、スマートフォン50aのユーザの操作により、例えば緊急時には関係機関(警察、消防)に通知する。この場合、警備会社や関係企業本社にも自動的に通知される。また、緊急性がない場合や確認したい場合には、警備会社のみに通知する。
As shown in FIG. 3, the digital smart guide security system 1000 detects intrusion of a suspicious person into an exclusion zone and push-notifies the smartphone 50a possessed by a person concerned (a condominium manager, a resident, etc.). ..
When the user taps the notification that comes to the smartphone 50a, the security application is activated and the zoom screen of the suspicious person is displayed, and the telop "A suspicious person has been detected at the entrance on the 1st floor" is played. At the same time, the content is read aloud. In this way, the suspicious person is notified by the telop and voice on the screen of the smartphone 50a. Further, by the operation of the user of the smartphone 50a, for example, in an emergency, the related organizations (police, fire department) are notified. In this case, the security company and the head office of the affiliated company are also automatically notified. Also, if there is no urgency or if you want to confirm, only the security company will be notified.
[セキュリティアプリ動作]
 図4は、本発明の第1実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000のセキュリティアプリ動作を示す図である。
 図4左に示すように、スマートフォン50aの待受け画面等に不審者を検出したテロップが通知される。ユーザのタップにより、図4中に示すように、スマートフォン50aの表示はセキュリティアプリ動作表示に切り替わり、不審者のズーム画面を表示し、不審者の位置と状況「1F玄関に不審者」を表示する。また、このテロップを自動音声で読み上げる。さらに、ユーザのタップにより、図4右に示すように、スマートフォン50aの表示を時系列の4画面に表示する。
[Security app operation]
FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the operation of the security application of the digital smart guide security system 1000 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
As shown on the left side of FIG. 4, a telop that detects a suspicious person is notified on the standby screen or the like of the smartphone 50a. By tapping the user, as shown in FIG. 4, the display of the smartphone 50a is switched to the security application operation display, the zoom screen of the suspicious person is displayed, and the position and situation of the suspicious person "suspicious person at the entrance on the 1st floor" is displayed. .. In addition, this telop is read aloud by automatic voice. Further, by tapping the user, the display of the smartphone 50a is displayed on four time-series screens as shown on the right side of FIG.
 以下、上述のように構成されたデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの動作について説明する。
[デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ処理]
 図5A及び図5Bは、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ処理を示すフローチャートである。本フローは、監視装置100の制御部110(図2参照)で実行される。本フローは、高層ビルの高層マンションの場合を例に採る。
The operation of the digital smart guide security system configured as described above will be described below.
[Digital smart guide security processing]
5A and 5B are flowcharts showing digital smart guide security processing. This flow is executed by the control unit 110 (see FIG. 2) of the monitoring device 100. This flow takes the case of a high-rise condominium in a high-rise building as an example.
 ステップS11では、3次元で特定されるセキュリティ区域内(特定エリア)の画像を撮影する。監視カメラ11は、例えばPTZカメラであり、監視装置100により遠隔操作される。監視カメラ11が撮影した画像は、監視装置100に出力される。 In step S11, an image in the security area (specific area) specified in three dimensions is taken. The surveillance camera 11 is, for example, a PTZ camera and is remotely controlled by the surveillance device 100. The image taken by the surveillance camera 11 is output to the surveillance device 100.
 ステップS12で、制御部110の識別部112は、監視カメラ11によって撮影された画像から火災又はその兆候を検出する。本実施形態では、案内するために設置している監視カメラ11によって火災又はその兆候(例えば煙の発生)を検出する。
 火災又はその兆候を検出した場合(ステップS12:Yes)、ステップS13で火災警報を行ってステップS14に進む。火災又はその兆候を検出しない場合(ステップS12:No)、ステップS14に進む。
 上記火災警報は、「ディフェンス・ガイド機能」と同様に、音響システム155(図2参照)による音声ガイダンス、またガイド用モニタ156(図2参照)による表示である。さらに、上記火災警報では、火災発生エリアと住戸番号、現場カメラ画像等を関係者のPCやスマートフォン50aに送信を行う。
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、火災、停電、漏電発生時のディフェンス・ガイド機能として、火災又は煙などの火災の兆候を検出した場合、その警報発生情報を速やかに関係先のパソコン、関係先責任者のスマートフォン50a、警備会社や関係公共機関へ送信し、建物内にいる居住者、従業員、来訪者等に適切な避難ルートを画像・音声で案内(ガイド)する。
In step S12, the identification unit 112 of the control unit 110 detects a fire or a sign thereof from the image taken by the surveillance camera 11. In the present embodiment, a fire or a sign thereof (for example, generation of smoke) is detected by a surveillance camera 11 installed for guidance.
When a fire or a sign thereof is detected (step S12: Yes), a fire alarm is issued in step S13 and the process proceeds to step S14. If no fire or sign thereof is detected (step S12: No), the process proceeds to step S14.
Similar to the "defense guide function", the fire alarm is a voice guidance by the sound system 155 (see FIG. 2) and a display by the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 2). Further, in the fire alarm, the fire occurrence area, the house number, the site camera image, and the like are transmitted to the PC or smartphone 50a of the person concerned.
When the digital smart guide security system 1000 detects a sign of fire such as fire or smoke as a defense guide function in the event of a fire, power outage, or electric leakage, the alarm occurrence information is promptly sent to the related personal computer and related parties. It is sent to the senior manager's smartphone 50a, a security company or related public institutions, and guides the residents, employees, visitors, etc. in the building with images and sounds of appropriate evacuation routes.
 特に、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、通常の火災警報機と二重の警報をする。すなわち、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、通常の火災警報機に加えて火災警報をする。これにより、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ動作を実行している間は、いつでも、火災警報も併せて行われるので、火災に関しての警報が多重化され、住居者や来訪者の安全をより高めることができる。また、新たな部材を追加することがないので、低コストで実施することができる。 In particular, the digital smart guide security system 1000 gives a double alarm with a normal fire alarm. That is, the digital smart guide security system 1000 issues a fire alarm in addition to a normal fire alarm. As a result, fire alerts are also issued at any time while the digital smart guide security operation is being performed, so that fire alerts can be multiplexed and the safety of residents and visitors can be further enhanced. it can. Moreover, since no new member is added, it can be carried out at low cost.
 なお、本実施形態では、上記火災警報と、「ディフェンス・ガイド機能」に係る案内とを並行処理しているが、上記火災警報を実行した場合には、本フローの処理を終了してもよい。 In the present embodiment, the fire alarm and the guidance related to the "defense guide function" are processed in parallel, but when the fire alarm is executed, the processing of this flow may be terminated. ..
 ステップS14で制御部110の行先取得部111は、セキュリティ区域の入口において、人が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得する。ここでは、行先取得部111は、エントランス(共用玄関)にあるドアのオートロックの解錠に応じて目的場所を取得する。
 ステップS15で行先取得部111は、オートロックシステムによる顔の撮影画像及び/又はエントランス(共用玄関)に設置された監視カメラ11によって撮影された人の画像(映像)を取得する。
In step S14, the destination acquisition unit 111 of the control unit 110 acquires information about the destination where a person goes at the entrance of the security area. Here, the destination acquisition unit 111 acquires the destination location according to the unlocking of the auto-lock of the door at the entrance (common entrance).
In step S15, the destination acquisition unit 111 acquires a photographed image of the face by the auto-lock system and / or an image (video) of a person photographed by the surveillance camera 11 installed at the entrance (common entrance).
 ステップS16で制御部110は、住戸からエントランスにあるドアのオートロックを解錠する。
 ステップS17で制御部110の識別部112は、目的場所に関する情報を取得した人が、不審な人であるか否かを識別する(「図7識別サプルーチン」)。本実施形態では、識別部112は、AIアクセラレータ200に対してAIによる人のトラッキングを要求し、識別部112は、AIアクセラレータ200からの人のトラッキングの結果を待つ。また、識別部112は、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に登録されている人の顔情報をもとに、人が不審者であることを判定する。又は、識別部112は、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165にあらかじめ登録されたID端末や識別番号カードを所持しない人を不審者と識別する。本実施形態では、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に不審者を登録しておき、認識して排除する。
In step S16, the control unit 110 unlocks the auto lock of the door at the entrance from the dwelling unit.
In step S17, the identification unit 112 of the control unit 110 identifies whether or not the person who has acquired the information about the destination is a suspicious person (“FIG. 7 identification subroutine”). In the present embodiment, the identification unit 112 requests the AI accelerator 200 to track a person by AI, and the identification unit 112 waits for the result of tracking a person from the AI accelerator 200. Further, the identification unit 112 determines that the person is a suspicious person based on the face information of the person registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165. Alternatively, the identification unit 112 identifies a person who does not have the ID terminal or identification number card registered in advance in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 as a suspicious person. In the present embodiment, the suspicious person is registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165, recognized and eliminated.
 識別された人が不審者でない場合(ステップS17:No)、ステップS18で制御部110の案内部113は、目的場所に関する情報を取得した人の画像と行先を関連付けて、目的場所に順次案内する。 When the identified person is not a suspicious person (step S17: No), the guide unit 113 of the control unit 110 in step S18 associates the image of the person who has acquired the information about the destination location with the destination, and sequentially guides the destination to the destination. ..
 上記ステップS17で、識別された人が不審者である場合(ステップS17:Yes)、ステップS19で制御部110は、不審者に対し、立ち入り禁止エリアであることを告げるアナウンス(案内)により警報を発する。「立ち入り禁止エリア」は、その人の入口から行先までの経路ではない場所をいう。 If the identified person is a suspicious person in step S17 (step S17: Yes), the control unit 110 gives an alarm to the suspicious person by an announcement (guidance) informing the suspicious person that the area is off limits. Emit. An "exclusion zone" is a place that is not a route from the person's entrance to the destination.
 ステップS20で制御部110は、不審者(侵入者)の詳細情報を取得する。この不審者詳細情報は、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に登録されている不審者の履歴情報及び監視カメラ11が撮影した不審者の画像(動画像を含む)情報である。 In step S20, the control unit 110 acquires detailed information on the suspicious person (intruder). The suspicious person detailed information is the history information of the suspicious person registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 and the image (including moving image) information of the suspicious person taken by the surveillance camera 11.
 ステップS21で制御部110は、不審者の侵入目的方向及び不審者の進行速度を検知する。不審者の侵入目的方向及び不審者の進行速度は、複数の監視カメラ11によって撮影された画像の差分(変化分)を照合することで取得できる。
 ステップS22で制御部110は、セキュリティ区域内の人の位置に基づいて侵入の危険度を判定する。
In step S21, the control unit 110 detects the intrusion direction of the suspicious person and the traveling speed of the suspicious person. The direction of the suspicious person's invasion and the traveling speed of the suspicious person can be obtained by collating the difference (change) of the images taken by the plurality of surveillance cameras 11.
In step S22, the control unit 110 determines the risk of intrusion based on the position of a person in the security area.
 図6は、敷地、建物、施設内のプライベートエリア、高セキュリティエリア、高リスクエリアへの人及び車両による進入を設定する3種のセキュリティベルトを説明する図である。
(1)イエローベルトY
 敷地境界線から内向きに30cm~4mの範囲でイエローベルトYを設定
(2)オレンジベルトO
 (1)と(3)の間にオレンジベルトOを設定(条件付発報エリア)
(3)レッドベルトR
 建物外壁等から外向きに1m~4mの範囲でレッドベルトRを設定(即時発報エリア)
FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating three types of security belts that set people and vehicles to enter a site, a building, a private area in a facility, a high security area, and a high risk area.
(1) Yellow belt Y
Set the yellow belt Y inward from the boundary of the site within a range of 30 cm to 4 m.
(2) Orange belt O
Set orange belt O between (1) and (3) (conditional alarm area)
(3) Red belt R
Red belt R is set in the range of 1m to 4m outward from the outer wall of the building (immediate notification area)
 例えば、侵入者がイエローベルトY(図6参照)、オレンジベルトO、レッドベルトRのどこにいるかにより侵入の危険度を判定する。具体的には、下記のようにして侵入の危険度を判定する。 For example, the risk of intrusion is determined based on where the intruder is in the yellow belt Y (see FIG. 6), the orange belt O, or the red belt R. Specifically, the risk of intrusion is determined as follows.
 (1)図6のようにイエローベルトY内に人又は車両が検出された場合、危険度は低い、オレンジベルトO内に人又は車両が検出された場合、危険度は中程度、またレッドベルトR内に人又は車両が検出された場合、危険度は高いと判定できる。また、イエローベルトY外で人又は車両が検出された場合は、危険度はないと判定できる。 (1) When a person or vehicle is detected in the yellow belt Y as shown in FIG. 6, the risk is low. When a person or vehicle is detected in the orange belt O, the risk is medium and the red belt. If a person or vehicle is detected in R, it can be determined that the risk is high. Further, when a person or a vehicle is detected outside the yellow belt Y, it can be determined that there is no risk.
 (2)不審者の動きよっても、危険度(注意度、緊急度)を判定することができる。不審者の動きは、例えば瞳の動きと首の動き(詳細後記)や腕の動き(詳細後記)である。不審者の動きが不自然である場合、危険度(注意度、緊急度)が高いと判定できる。 (2) The degree of danger (degree of caution, degree of urgency) can be determined by the movement of a suspicious person. The movements of the suspicious person are, for example, the movement of the eyes and the movement of the neck (detailed later) and the movement of the arm (detailed later). If the movement of the suspicious person is unnatural, it can be determined that the degree of danger (degree of caution, degree of urgency) is high.
 ステップS23で通報部116は、上記不審者詳細情報と、不審者の進行速度、危険度(注意度、緊急度)に応じた緊急情報の通報を行う。通報は、例えば関係者のスマートフォン50aに、不審者に関する情報を送信する。この通報は、侵入犯罪の危険度(危険の度合いのクラス分け)に対応して、危険の度合いを示すメッセージやマーク、強調文字、色分けを付すようにする。また、危険度又は緊急度に対応して、通報先を変える。例えば、不審者の進行速度が速い場合などは、侵入者が危険で緊急度が高いと判定し、侵入者に関する最も緊急度の高いテロップを通知する。さらに、通報先の関係機関に警察等を入れる。そしてこの通報は、不審者の自動登録処理などより優先して行う。また、レッドベルトR内に人が検出された場合、侵入の緊急度が高いテロップを通知し(図4参照)、イエローベルトY外で人が検出された場合は、侵入の緊急度はないとして通知しない。 In step S23, the reporting unit 116 reports the above-mentioned detailed information on the suspicious person and emergency information according to the progress speed and the degree of danger (degree of caution, degree of urgency) of the suspicious person. The report transmits information about the suspicious person to, for example, the smartphone 50a of the person concerned. This report should be given a message, mark, highlighted letters, and color coding indicating the degree of danger according to the degree of risk of intrusion crime (classification of the degree of danger). Also, change the report destination according to the degree of danger or urgency. For example, when the suspicious person progresses quickly, the intruder determines that the intruder is dangerous and has a high degree of urgency, and notifies the intruder of the most urgent telop. In addition, the police will be included in the relevant organizations to be reported. And this report is given priority over the automatic registration process of the suspicious person. In addition, when a person is detected inside the red belt R, a telop with a high urgency of intrusion is notified (see FIG. 4), and when a person is detected outside the yellow belt Y, it is considered that there is no urgency of intrusion. Do not notify.
 上述したように、図4左に示すスマートフォン50aの待受け画面等に不審者の存在を通報するテロップを送信する。関係者(マンション管理人等)のタップにより、図4中に示すように、不審者のズーム画面を表示し、不審者の位置と状況「1F玄関に不審者」を表示するとともに、このテロップを自動音声で読み上げる。 As described above, a telop for notifying the existence of a suspicious person is transmitted to the standby screen or the like of the smartphone 50a shown on the left side of FIG. By tapping the person concerned (apartment manager, etc.), as shown in Fig. 4, the zoom screen of the suspicious person is displayed, the position and situation of the suspicious person "suspicious person at the entrance on the 1st floor" is displayed, and this telop is displayed. Read aloud with automatic voice.
 ステップS24で制御部110は、セキュリティ区域内の不審者の情報を登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に登録して本フローの処理を終了する。これにより、不審者の侵入情報が記録され、防犯上有益な情報となる。 In step S24, the control unit 110 registers the information of the suspicious person in the security area in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165, and ends the process of this flow. As a result, intrusion information of a suspicious person is recorded, which is useful information for crime prevention.
 図7は、不審な人であるか否かを識別する識別処理を示すサブルーチンである。本サブルーチンは、図5AのステップS17のサブルーチンコールにより実行される。図7は入口(玄関)での最初の処理になる。
 ステップS31で制御部110は、サブルーチンコールを受けて、目的場所に関する情報を取得した人の顔が、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に登録されている不審者の顔と一致するか否かを判別する。目的場所に関する情報を取得した人の顔が、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に登録されている不審者の顔と一致する場合(ステップS31:Yes)、ステップS35で不審者であると判定して、図5AのステップS17に戻る。
FIG. 7 is a subroutine showing an identification process for identifying whether or not the person is a suspicious person. This subroutine is executed by the subroutine call in step S17 of FIG. 5A. FIG. 7 shows the first processing at the entrance (entrance).
In step S31, the control unit 110 determines whether or not the face of the person who has acquired the information about the destination by receiving the subroutine call matches the face of the suspicious person registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165. Determine. If the face of the person who acquired the information about the destination matches the face of the suspicious person registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB165 (step S31: Yes), it is determined in step S35 that the person is a suspicious person. Then, the process returns to step S17 of FIG. 5A.
 目的場所に関する情報を取得した人の顔が、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に登録されている不審者の顔と一致しない場合(ステップS31:No)、ステップS32で制御部110は、ID端末検出部114が検出したID端末(携帯端末装置50;スマートフォン50a)を所持している人(家族など所定のIDを所持している人など)か否かを判別する。
 ID端末検出部114が検出したID端末を所持している人の場合(ステップS32:Yes)、ステップS33で制御部110は、ID端末検出部114が検出したID端末を所持している人を不審者から除外して、図5AのステップS17に戻る。
When the face of the person who acquired the information about the destination does not match the face of the suspicious person registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB165 (step S31: No), the control unit 110 in step S32 sets the ID terminal. It is determined whether or not the person has the ID terminal (portable terminal device 50; smartphone 50a) detected by the detection unit 114 (a person who has a predetermined ID such as a family member).
In the case of a person who possesses the ID terminal detected by the ID terminal detection unit 114 (step S32: Yes), the control unit 110 in step S33 determines the person who possesses the ID terminal detected by the ID terminal detection unit 114. Exclude from suspicious persons and return to step S17 of FIG. 5A.
 上記ID端末を所持している人でない場合(ステップS32:No)、ステップS34で制御部110は、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165を参照して、ID端末登録部115が登録したID端末(来客などのID)を所持している人か否かを判別する。
 ID端末登録部115が登録したID端末を所持している人の場合(ステップS34:Yes)、制御部110は、ID端末(来客などのID)を登録している人を不審者から除外して、図5AのステップS17に戻る。
When the person does not have the ID terminal (step S32: No), the control unit 110 refers to the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 in step S34, and the ID terminal registered by the ID terminal registration unit 115 (step S32: No). It is determined whether or not the person has an ID) such as a visitor.
In the case of a person who has an ID terminal registered by the ID terminal registration unit 115 (step S34: Yes), the control unit 110 excludes the person who has registered the ID terminal (ID of a visitor or the like) from the suspicious person. Then, the process returns to step S17 of FIG. 5A.
 上記ID端末登録部115が登録したID端末を所持している人でない場合(ステップS34:No)、ステップS35で制御部110は、不審者であると判定して、図5AのステップS18に戻る。
 このように、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に不審者情報が登録されている場合、家族等がID端末を所持している場合及び来客等のID端末をあらかじめ登録した場合、後段の処理をスキップして処理の迅速化を図る。
If the ID terminal registration unit 115 is not the person who possesses the registered ID terminal (step S34: No), the control unit 110 determines in step S35 that the person is a suspicious person, and returns to step S18 in FIG. 5A. ..
In this way, when suspicious person information is registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165, when a family member or the like has an ID terminal, or when an ID terminal such as a visitor is registered in advance, the subsequent processing is performed. Skip to speed up processing.
[デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの適用例]
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムの適用例について説明する。
<高層マンション>
 図8は、超高層ビルの高層マンション(20F~40F)、オフィス(1F~9F)、ホテル(10F~19F)、駐車場(B1F~B3F)の構成を示す図である。以下、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000を、図8の高層マンションとオフィスに適用した例について説明する。なお、図8のホテルについては、図8のオフィスと同様に適用できる。また、駐車場については、図30の第2実施形態で後記する。
[Application example of digital smart guide security system]
An application example of the digital smart guide security system will be described.
<High-rise apartment>
FIG. 8 is a diagram showing the configuration of a high-rise condominium (20F to 40F), an office (1F to 9F), a hotel (10F to 19F), and a parking lot (B1F to B3F) of a skyscraper. Hereinafter, an example in which the digital smart guide security system 1000 is applied to the high-rise condominium and office shown in FIG. 8 will be described. The hotel shown in FIG. 8 can be applied in the same manner as the office shown in FIG. The parking lot will be described later in the second embodiment of FIG.
 図9は、図8の超高層ビルのマンション(1F)(建物外周部)の警備を説明する図である。
 図9に示すように、マンション(1F)には、監視カメラ、タブレット、モニタTV、ドアホン、オートロック解除装置、スピーカ、BLE(Bluetooth Low Energy)ビーコン、レーザ、Wi-Fi親機が設置されている。また、イエローベルトY、オレンジベルトO、レッドベルトRが設定されている。建物外壁のレッドベルトR内部は、建物内部の警備である。訪問者は、図9の矢印に沿って移動する。
 図9に示す入口での顔認証の成功、ドアホン、BLEビーコン、スマートフォン50a,電気錠の微弱電波、非接触型ICカード、タブレット、QRコード等での識別により目的の住戸への通行が許可される。訪問者は、図9の矢印に沿って移動する。図9に示す入口での登録により目的のエリアへの通行が許可される。
FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating security of the condominium (1F) (outer periphery of the building) of the skyscraper of FIG.
As shown in FIG. 9, a surveillance camera, a tablet, a monitor TV, a door phone, an auto-unlock device, a speaker, a BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) beacon, a laser, and a Wi-Fi master unit are installed in the condominium (1F). There is. Further, a yellow belt Y, an orange belt O, and a red belt R are set. The inside of the red belt R on the outer wall of the building is a security inside the building. The visitor moves along the arrow in FIG.
Successful face recognition at the entrance shown in Fig. 9, doorphone, BLE beacon, smartphone 50a, weak radio wave of electric lock, contactless IC card, tablet, QR code, etc., allows passage to the target dwelling unit. To. The visitor moves along the arrow in FIG. By registering at the entrance shown in FIG. 9, passage to the target area is permitted.
 ここで、上記BLEによる警備解除について説明する。
 BLEは、近接接近を検知する技術である。デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、利用者がスマートフォンにデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム専用のアプリケーションをインストールすることにより、利用者、その家族が警戒範囲に侵入することを許す機能を持つ。利用者はあらかじめ定められた解除コードを持ち(アプリの中にインストールされている)、近接を感知すると、この解除コードがBLEによりデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000に送信され、一時的に警戒モードを解除する。これにより、利用者及びその家族が敷地内でする行動について検知対象外とすることが可能になり、精度の高い侵入検知を行うことができる。
Here, the security release by the above BLE will be described.
BLE is a technology for detecting close proximity. The digital smart guide security system 1000 has a function of allowing the user and his / her family to invade the caution range by installing an application dedicated to the digital smart guide security system on the smartphone. The user has a predetermined unlock code (installed in the app), and when it detects proximity, this unlock code is sent by BLE to the digital smart guide security system 1000, and it is temporarily in alert mode. To cancel. As a result, it becomes possible to exclude the behaviors of the user and his / her family from the detection target, and it is possible to perform highly accurate intrusion detection.
 図10は、図8の超高層ビルのマンション目的階(26F)の警備を説明する図である。
 図10に示すように、マンション目的階(26F)には、居住エリアがあり、その一つが目的の住戸である。目的の住戸は、レッドベルトRが設定されている。エレベータから降りた訪問者は、図10の矢印に沿って目的の住戸まで移動する。
FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating security on the condominium destination floor (26F) of the skyscraper of FIG.
As shown in FIG. 10, there is a living area on the condominium purpose floor (26F), one of which is the target dwelling unit. Red belt R is set as the target dwelling unit. A visitor who gets off the elevator moves to the target dwelling unit along the arrow in FIG.
<オフィス>
 図11は、図8の超高層ビルのオフィス(1F)(建物外周部)の警備を説明する図である。
 図11に示すように、オフィス(1F)には、監視カメラ、タブレット、モニタTV、ドアホン、オートロック解除装置、スピーカ、BLEビーコン、レーザ、Wi-Fi親機が設置されている。また、イエローベルトY、オレンジベルトO、レッドベルトRが設定されている。建物外壁のレッドベルトR内部は、建物内部の警備である。訪問者は、図11の矢印に沿って移動する。
 図11に示す入口での顔認証の成功、ドアホン、BLEビーコン、スマートフォン50a,電気錠の微弱電波、非接触型ICカード、タブレット、QRコード等での識別により目的の住戸への通行が許可される。訪問者は、図11の矢印に沿って移動する。図11に示す受付での登録により目的のエリアへの通行が許可される。
<Office>
FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating security of the office (1F) (outer periphery of the building) of the skyscraper of FIG.
As shown in FIG. 11, a surveillance camera, a tablet, a monitor TV, a door phone, an auto-lock release device, a speaker, a BLE beacon, a laser, and a Wi-Fi master unit are installed in the office (1F). Further, a yellow belt Y, an orange belt O, and a red belt R are set. The inside of the red belt R on the outer wall of the building is a security inside the building. The visitor moves along the arrow in FIG.
Successful face recognition at the entrance shown in FIG. 11, doorphone, BLE beacon, smartphone 50a, weak radio wave of electric lock, contactless IC card, tablet, QR code, etc., allow passage to the target dwelling unit. To. The visitor moves along the arrow in FIG. By registering at the reception shown in FIG. 11, passage to the target area is permitted.
 図12は、図8の超高層ビルのオフィス目的階(9F)の警備を説明する図である。
 図12に示すように、オフィス目的階(9F)には、オフィスエリアがあり、その一つが目的のオフィスである。目的のオフィスは、レッドベルトRが設定されている。エレベータから降りた訪問者は、図12の矢印に沿って目的のオフィスまで移動する。
FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating security on the office destination floor (9F) of the skyscraper of FIG.
As shown in FIG. 12, there is an office area on the office purpose floor (9F), one of which is the target office. Red belt R is set for the target office. A visitor who gets off the elevator moves to the target office along the arrow in FIG.
<来訪者及び居住者>
 図13は、図8の超高層ビルへの来訪者及び居住者の入場の手順を示すフローチャートである。図13の来訪者及び居住者のフローは、CPU処理ではないが、便宜上ステップ番号を付して説明する。
<Visitors and residents>
FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing a procedure for admission of visitors and residents to the skyscraper of FIG. The flow of visitors and residents in FIG. 13 is not CPU processing, but will be described with step numbers for convenience.
i)不定期な来訪者のケース
 ステップS51aにおいて、不定期な来訪者Aさんが居住者Sさんのもとへ来訪する。
 Sさんの住戸は、6Fの602号室とする(図10参照)。
 ステップS52aにおいて、来訪者Aさんは、1F入口ドアホン(図9参照)で居住者Sさんを呼び出す。
 ステップS53aにおいて、来訪者Aさんは、Sさんとのドアホンでの対話で建物内に入ることを許可され、Sさんによりオートロックを解除される(図10参照)。
 ステップS54aにおいて、来訪者Aさんは、目的の住戸へ行く。
i) Case of irregular visitor In step S51a, irregular visitor A visits resident S.
Mr. S's dwelling unit will be Room 602 on the 6th floor (see Fig. 10).
In step S52a, the visitor A calls the resident S with the 1st floor entrance doorphone (see FIG. 9).
In step S53a, the visitor A is allowed to enter the building through a doorphone dialogue with Mr. S, and the auto-lock is released by Mr. S (see FIG. 10).
In step S54a, the visitor A goes to the target dwelling unit.
ii)定期的な来訪者のケース
 ステップS51bにおいて、定期的な来訪者Bさんは、顔情報を事前登録しておく。また、来訪の予約を事前登録しておく。
 ステップS52bにおいて、定期的な来訪者Bさんが居住者Sさんを訪ねてきて1F入口(図9参照)から建物内に入ろうとする。
 ステップS53bにおいて、来訪者Bさんは、顔認証、ドアホン、BLEビーコン、スマートフォン50a、タブレット、QR(Quick Response)コード等の認証によりオートロックが解除され、建物内に入る(図10参照)。
 ステップS54bにおいて、来訪者Bさんは目的の住戸へ行く。
ii) Case of regular visitor In step S51b, the regular visitor B pre-registers the face information. Also, pre-register your visit reservations.
In step S52b, a regular visitor B visits the resident S and tries to enter the building from the 1st floor entrance (see FIG. 9).
In step S53b, the visitor B enters the building after the auto-lock is released by face authentication, a door phone, a BLE beacon, a smartphone 50a, a tablet, a QR (Quick Response) code, or the like (see FIG. 10).
In step S54b, the visitor B goes to the target dwelling unit.
iii)居住者のケース
 ステップS51cにおいて、居住者Rさんは、住戸番号と関連づけて顔情報を事前登録しておく。
 ステップS52cにおいて、居住者Rさんが1F入口(図9参照)から建物内に入ろうとする。
 ステップS53cにおいて、居住者Rさんは、顔認証、BLEビーコン、スマートフォン50a、電気錠の微弱電波、非接触型ICカード、タブレット等の認証によりオートロック解除され、建物内に入る(図10参照)。顔認証などの場合は、住戸番号を入力させれば、その住戸番号と関連づけて蓄積されている顔情報などと照合することによって、より確実に認証することができる。
 ステップS54cにおいて、居住者Rさんは、目的の住戸へ行く。
iii) Resident Case In step S51c, Resident R pre-registers face information in association with the house number.
In step S52c, resident R tries to enter the building from the 1st floor entrance (see FIG. 9).
In step S53c, resident R is automatically unlocked by face recognition, BLE beacon, smartphone 50a, weak radio waves of electric lock, contactless IC card, tablet, etc., and enters the building (see FIG. 10). .. In the case of face recognition or the like, if a dwelling unit number is input, it is possible to authenticate more reliably by collating with the face information or the like accumulated in association with the dwelling unit number.
In step S54c, the resident R goes to the target dwelling unit.
<建物内部の警備>
 図14は、図8の超高層ビルに適用したデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ処理を示すフローチャートである。図14は、建物内部を警備する処理に対応する。なお、建物外周部を警備する処理は、図15により後記する。
 本フローは、監視装置100の制御部110(図2参照)により「常時警備モード」で実行される。「常時警備モード」は、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000が常にセキュリティエリアの状況を監視し、適切な対応を人に促す。なお、警備モードには、他に「外出・在宅警備モード」がある。「外出・在宅警備モード」は、外出警備モードと在宅警備モードとを有し、在宅警備モードは、例えば23:00~5:00に自動オン・オフする。外出警備モードは、外出時にオン、帰宅時にオフする。
<Security inside the building>
FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing a digital smart guide security process of the digital smart guide security system 1000 applied to the skyscraper of FIG. FIG. 14 corresponds to a process of guarding the inside of a building. The process of guarding the outer periphery of the building will be described later with reference to FIG.
This flow is executed in the "always-on security mode" by the control unit 110 (see FIG. 2) of the monitoring device 100. In the "always-on security mode", the digital smart guide security system 1000 constantly monitors the status of the security area and prompts people to take appropriate measures. In addition, there is another "outing / home security mode" in the security mode. The "outing / home security mode" has an outing security mode and a home security mode, and the home security mode is automatically turned on / off from 23:00 to 5:00, for example. The outing security mode is turned on when going out and turned off when returning home.
 ステップS101で建物入口での顔認証を行う。
 ステップS102で顔認証により建物内に入ることが許可されたか否かを判別する。
 顔認証により建物内に入ることが許可されなかった場合(ステップS102:No)、ステップS103に進む。例えば、顔認証により建物内に入ることが許可されなかった場合には、「i)不定期な来訪者」(図13参照)の場合がある。
 ステップS103でドアホン監視による行先検知して登録を行う。
 ステップS104で居住者により建物内に入ることが許可されたか否かを判別する。
 居住者により建物内に入ることが許可されなかった場合(ステップS104:No)、ステップS105でドアロックは解除されない。居住者により建物内に入ることが許可された場合(ステップS104:Yes)、ステップS111a~ステップS111dに進む。
Face recognition is performed at the building entrance in step S101.
In step S102, it is determined whether or not the person is permitted to enter the building by face recognition.
If it is not permitted to enter the building by face recognition (step S102: No), the process proceeds to step S103. For example, if the person is not allowed to enter the building by face recognition, it may be “i) an irregular visitor” (see FIG. 13).
In step S103, the destination is detected by the doorphone monitoring and registration is performed.
In step S104, it is determined whether or not the resident is permitted to enter the building.
If the resident is not allowed to enter the building (step S104: No), the door lock is not released in step S105. If the resident permits entry into the building (step S104: Yes), the process proceeds from step S111a to step S111d.
 一方、上記ステップS102で顔認証により建物内に入ることが許可された場合(ステップS102:Yes)、ステップS106で人が居住者か否かを判別する。
 顔認証により建物内に入ることが許可され居住者でない場合は、「ii)定期的な来訪者」(図13参照)と判断して、ステップS107で登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に登録された来訪の予約から来訪者の行先を取得して、ステップS111a~ステップS111dに進む。
On the other hand, when it is permitted to enter the building by face recognition in step S102 (step S102: Yes), it is determined in step S106 whether or not the person is a resident.
If the person is allowed to enter the building by face recognition and is not a resident, it is judged as "ii) a regular visitor" (see FIG. 13) and registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 in step S107. The destination of the visitor is acquired from the reservation of the visit, and the process proceeds to step S111a to step S111d.
 上記ステップS102で居住者と判別された場合(ステップS106:Yes)、「iii)居住者」(図13参照)と判断して、ステップS107でBLEビーコン、スマートフォン50a、電気錠の微弱電波、非接触型ICカード等により人を認証して、ステップS111a~ステップS111dに進む。 When it is determined to be a resident in step S102 (step S106: Yes), it is determined that "iii) is a resident (see FIG. 13), and in step S107, the BLE beacon, the smartphone 50a, the weak radio wave of the electric lock, and the non-resident are determined. A person is authenticated by a contact type IC card or the like, and the process proceeds from step S111a to step S111d.
 以下、図8の超高層ビルのフロアB3F~40Fごとに同一の処理が実行される(図14の破線囲み参照)。同一の処理であるため、フロアB3Fの処理を代表して説明する。
 ステップS111aでフロアB3Fのエレベータ前に設置された監視カメラ画像により人体を検知する。
 ステップS112aでAIアクセラレータ200(図1参照)による人のトラッキングを行う。
 ステップS113aで友連れ(後記)を検知する。
 ステップS114aで無許可の場所への立ち入りを阻止する。
 ステップS115aで来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知する。
 ステップS116aでタブレット等によるディフェンス・ガイドを行ってステップS117に進む。
 ステップS117では、来訪者等が退去したことを検知し登録解除する。
Hereinafter, the same processing is executed for each of the floors B3F to 40F of the skyscraper of FIG. 8 (see the dashed line box of FIG. 14). Since the processing is the same, the processing on the floor B3F will be described as a representative.
In step S111a, the human body is detected by the image of the surveillance camera installed in front of the elevator on the floor B3F.
In step S112a, a person is tracked by the AI accelerator 200 (see FIG. 1).
Piggybacking (described later) is detected in step S113a.
Step S114a prevents access to unauthorized locations.
In step S115a, the history of visitors and the like is notified to the persons concerned.
In step S116a, a defense guide using a tablet or the like is performed, and the process proceeds to step S117.
In step S117, it is detected that the visitor or the like has moved out and the registration is canceled.
 このように、(1)建物内の各フロアのエレベータ前、階段周辺、廊下の要所位置、例えば30~40m単位で監視カメラ11を設置して来訪者等を撮影する。そして、AIアクセラレータ200を用いて、人のトラッキングを行い、来訪者等を特定、追跡する。また、目的の場所に向かっているか否かを判定し、目的外の場所への立ち入りを阻止する。 In this way, (1) in front of the elevator on each floor in the building, around the stairs, at key points in the corridor, for example, a surveillance camera 11 is installed in units of 30 to 40 m to photograph visitors and the like. Then, the AI accelerator 200 is used to track a person, and to identify and track a visitor or the like. In addition, it is determined whether or not the person is heading for the target place, and entry to a place other than the target place is blocked.
(2)建物内の各フロアのエレベータ前、階段周辺、廊下の要所位置、例えば30~40m単位に設置されたタブレット又はモニタと音声機能により画像と音声によるディフェンス・ガイドを実行する。 (2) In front of the elevator on each floor in the building, around the stairs, at key locations in the corridor, for example, a tablet or monitor installed in units of 30 to 40 m and a voice function are used to perform defense guides using images and voice.
(3)来訪者等が無許可エリアや研究室等の重要エリアに立ち入ると、現在の画像、今回来訪時の動線、経路及び当人の過去の履歴画像を関係者のスマートフォン50a等に通知する。 (3) When a visitor enters an unauthorized area or an important area such as a laboratory, the current image, the flow line at the time of this visit, the route, and the past history image of the person are notified to the smartphone 50a, etc. of the person concerned. To do.
(4)イエローベルトY、オレンジベルトO、レッドベルトR等への侵入、又は敷地内及び建物内の許可目的外のフロアへの侵入を検知する。侵入者が移動していれば、画像対応DB(図示省略)及び逆投影変換により侵入者の位置を正確に判断し、敷地内又は建物内であることを検知する。
 以上で、建物内部の警備に関する処理が終了する。
(4) Detects intrusion into yellow belt Y, orange belt O, red belt R, etc., or intrusion into the site and the floor outside the permitted purpose in the building. If the intruder is moving, the position of the intruder is accurately determined by the image correspondence DB (not shown) and the back projection conversion, and it is detected that the intruder is in the site or the building.
This completes the security process inside the building.
<建物外周部の警備>
 図15は、企業管理下の敷地に適用したデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ処理を示すフローチャートである。図15は、建物外周部を警備する処理に対応する。
 ステップS121で建物外周部のマイク付監視カメラの画像を取得する。
 ステップS122でイエローベルトYへの人の侵入を検知する。
 ステップS123でBLEとスマートフォン50aで認証済みか否かを判別する。
<Security around the building>
FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the digital smart guide security process of the digital smart guide security system 1000 applied to the site under the control of the company. FIG. 15 corresponds to a process of guarding the outer periphery of the building.
In step S121, an image of a surveillance camera with a microphone on the outer periphery of the building is acquired.
In step S122, the intrusion of a person into the yellow belt Y is detected.
In step S123, it is determined whether or not the BLE and the smartphone 50a have been authenticated.
 認証済みでない場合(ステップS123:No)、ステップS124で自動音声により「ご用の方は監視カメラにQRコードを提示してください」等と伝える。また、認証済みの場合(ステップS123:Yes)、ステップS125において自動音声で認証済みであることを居住者又は来訪者に伝えて、本フローの処理を終了する。 If it has not been authenticated (step S123: No), in step S124, an automatic voice message such as "Please show the QR code to the surveillance camera" is given. If the authentication has been completed (step S123: Yes), the resident or the visitor is notified that the authentication has been performed by automatic voice in step S125, and the processing of this flow is terminated.
 ステップS126で、QRコードで認証済みか否かを判別し、認証済みでない場合(ステップS126:No)、未登録者の来訪を関係者のスマートフォン50aに通知してステップS129に進む。また、認証済みの場合(ステップS126:Yes)、ステップS128において自動音声で認証済みであることを来訪者に伝えて、本フローの処理を終了する。 In step S126, it is determined whether or not the QR code has been authenticated, and if it has not been authenticated (step S126: No), the visit of an unregistered person is notified to the smartphone 50a of the person concerned, and the process proceeds to step S129. If the authentication has been completed (step S126: Yes), the visitor is notified by automatic voice that the authentication has been performed in step S128, and the processing of this flow ends.
 ステップS129で来訪者がオレンジベルトOに侵入したことを検知する。
 ステップS130で条件付発報を行うとともに、自動音声で警告して退去を要求し、関係者のスマートフォン50aに通知する。さらに、関係者は、スマートフォン50aから肉声で警告してもよい。
In step S129, it is detected that the visitor has invaded the orange belt O.
In step S130, a conditional alert is issued, an automatic voice warning is given, a request for eviction is made, and the smartphone 50a of the person concerned is notified. Further, the person concerned may give a voice warning from the smartphone 50a.
 ステップS131で来訪者がレッドベルトRに侵入したことを検知する。
 ステップS132で即時発報を行うとともに、自動音声で威嚇し、さらに退去を要求して、関係者のスマートフォン50aに通知し本フローの処理を終了する。さらに、関係者は、スマートフォン50aから肉声で威嚇してもよい。
In step S131, it is detected that the visitor has invaded the Red Belt R.
In step S132, an immediate alert is issued, threatening with an automatic voice, further requesting to move out, notifying the smartphone 50a of the person concerned, and ending the processing of this flow. Further, the person concerned may intimidate with a real voice from the smartphone 50a.
<建物外周部の警備>
 図16は、個人宅又は集合住宅の敷地に適用したデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ処理を示すフローチャートである。図16は、建物外周部を警備する処理に対応する。
 ステップS141で建物外周部のマイク付監視カメラの画像を取得する。
 ステップS142でイエローベルトYへの人の侵入を検知する。
 ステップS143でBLEとスマートフォン50aで認証済みか否かを判別する。
<Security around the building>
FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing a digital smart guide security process of the digital smart guide security system 1000 applied to the site of an individual house or an apartment house. FIG. 16 corresponds to a process of guarding the outer periphery of the building.
In step S141, an image of a surveillance camera with a microphone on the outer periphery of the building is acquired.
In step S142, the intrusion of a person into the yellow belt Y is detected.
In step S143, it is determined whether or not the BLE and the smartphone 50a have been authenticated.
 認証済みでない場合(ステップS143:No)、ステップS144でスマートフォンからの操作で音声出力して「ご用の方は監視カメラにQRコードを提示してください」等と伝える。また、認証済みの場合(ステップS143:Yes)、ステップS145においてスマートフォンからの操作で音声出力して認証済みであることを居住者又は来訪者に伝えて、本フローの処理を終了する。 If it has not been authenticated (step S143: No), it outputs a voice by operating from a smartphone in step S144 and tells "If you want to use it, please show the QR code to the surveillance camera". If the authentication has been completed (step S143: Yes), the resident or the visitor is notified by voice output by the operation from the smartphone in step S145 to end the process of this flow.
 ステップS146で、QRコードで認証済みか否かを判別し、認証済みでない場合(ステップS146:No)、未登録者の来訪を関係者のスマートフォン50aに通知してステップS149に進む。また、認証済みの場合(ステップS146:Yes)、ステップS148においてスマートフォンからの操作で音声出力して認証済みであることを来訪者に伝えて、本フローの処理を終了する。 In step S146, it is determined whether or not the QR code has been authenticated, and if it has not been authenticated (step S146: No), the visit of the unregistered person is notified to the smartphone 50a of the person concerned, and the process proceeds to step S149. If the authentication has been completed (step S146: Yes), the visitor is notified that the authentication has been completed by outputting voice by operating from the smartphone in step S148, and the process of this flow is terminated.
 ステップS149で来訪者がオレンジベルトOに侵入したことを検知する。
 ステップS150で条件付発報を行うとともに、スマートフォンからの操作で音声出力して警告して退去を要求し、関係者のスマートフォン50aに通知する。
In step S149, it is detected that the visitor has invaded the orange belt O.
In step S150, a conditional alert is issued, and a voice is output by an operation from the smartphone to warn and request to move out, and the related smartphones 50a are notified.
 ステップS151で来訪者がレッドベルトRに侵入したことを検知する。
 ステップS152で即時発報を行うとともに、スマートフォンからの操作で音声出力して威嚇し、さらに退去を要求して、関係者のスマートフォン50aに通知し本フローの処理を終了する。
In step S151, it is detected that the visitor has invaded the red belt R.
In step S152, an immediate alarm is issued, a voice is output by an operation from the smartphone to intimidate the user, a request for evacuation is made, and the smartphone 50a of the person concerned is notified to end the processing of this flow.
<ディフェンス・ガイド機能概要>
 タブレット等によるディフェンス・ガイド機能について説明する。
 図17は、ディフェンス・ガイド機能について説明する図であり、図17上は1Fエントランスを示し、図17中は来訪者の行先でないフロア(例えば、図8の20F等)を示し、図17下は来訪者の行先のフロア(例えば、図8の26F等)を示す。
<Outline of defense guide function>
The defense guide function using a tablet or the like will be described.
FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining the defense guide function. The upper part of FIG. 17 shows the entrance on the 1st floor, the middle of FIG. 17 shows the floor that is not the destination of the visitor (for example, the 20th floor of FIG. 8), and the lower part of FIG. The floor of the visitor's destination (for example, 26F in FIG. 8) is shown.
 タブレット等によるディフェンス・ガイド機能は、施設内のエリア、通路等に設置したモニタ、タブレット等の画像とスピーカ、集音用マイク等の音声により、来訪者及び第三者に、適切なコミュニケーションガイドを提供する。また、不正な侵入者より施設内のエリアを防御(ディフェンド)する。 The defense guide function using tablets, etc. provides appropriate communication guides to visitors and third parties by using images of tablets, speakers, and sound collection microphones installed in areas and passages in the facility. provide. It also protects the area inside the facility from unauthorized intruders.
 図17上に示すように、ディフェンス・ガイド機能は、施設内のエリア、通路等に設置したモニタ、タブレット等の画像とスピーカ、集音用マイク等の音声により、来訪者Aの行先のフロア・住戸番号に応じて行き方を案内する。 As shown in the upper part of FIG. 17, the defense guide function uses images of monitors, tablets, etc. installed in the area of the facility, passages, etc., and voices of speakers, microphones for collecting sound, etc., to display the floor of the destination of visitor A. We will guide you to the directions according to the house number.
 図17中に示すように、ディフェンス・ガイド機能は、来訪者Aが立ち入りの許可されていないエリアにいると警告し、本人のズーム画像を表示するとともに、退去を要求する。 As shown in FIG. 17, the defense guide function warns that visitor A is in an area where entry is not permitted, displays a zoomed image of the person himself, and requests that he / she move out.
 図17下に示すように、ディフェンス・ガイド機能は、来訪者Aの行先のフロア・住戸番号に応じて行き方を案内する。 As shown in the lower part of Fig. 17, the defense guide function guides the directions according to the destination floor / house number of the visitor A.
<ディフェンス・ガイド機能動作フロー>
 図18は、図17の説明図における画像と音声によるディフェンス・ガイド機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。図18のフローの説明にあたり、来訪者は、以下の行動をとるものとする。
・前提
 来訪者Aさんの行先は26Fの602号室とする。Aさんは1Fと26Fのパブリックエリア、エレベータ及び602号室(プライベートエリア)に立ち入る許可をシステムから付与されるものとする。
・図17上における行動
 Aさんが1F建物入口から建物内に入る。
 Aさんは、エレベータに乗るために1F共用廊下を移動する。
 Aさんは1Fでエレベータに乗る。
・図17中における行動
 Aさんは行先の階でない20Fでエレベータを降りる。
 Aさんは20Fの共用廊下を移動する。
・図17下における行動
 Aさんは行先の26Fでエレベータを降りる。
 Aさんは602号室へ行くため26Fの共用廊下を移動する。
<Defense guide function operation flow>
FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the operation of the defense guide function by the image and the sound in the explanatory view of FIG. In explaining the flow of FIG. 18, the visitor shall take the following actions.
・ Premise The destination of visitor A is room 602 on the 26th floor. Mr. A shall be granted permission from the system to enter the public areas, elevators and room 602 (private area) on the 1st and 26th floors.
・ Behavior on Fig. 17 Mr. A enters the building from the entrance of the building on the 1st floor.
Mr. A moves in the 1st floor common corridor to get on the elevator.
Mr. A gets on the elevator on the 1st floor.
・ Behavior in Fig. 17 Mr. A gets off the elevator on the 20th floor, which is not the destination floor.
Mr. A moves in the common corridor on the 20th floor.
・ Behavior in the lower part of Fig. 17 Mr. A gets off the elevator on the 26th floor of the destination.
Mr. A moves in the common corridor on the 26th floor to go to Room 602.
 図18に示すように、ステップS201で、建物内各所の監視カメラ11による建物全体の監視を開始する。
 ステップS202で、エントランス(共用玄関)にあるドアのオートロックの解錠に応じて来訪者Aさんの目的場所(行先)を取得する。
 ステップS203で、1F建物入口(図8参照)の監視カメラ11から画像を取得する。
 ステップS204で、来訪者Aさんのトラッキング用顔・身体特徴をトラッキング用DB166に登録する。
 ステップS205で、1Fエレベータ前の監視カメラ11から画像を取得する。
 ステップS206で、AIアクセラレータ200による人のトラッキング機能を実行する。
 ステップS207で、来訪者Aさんを検知する。
As shown in FIG. 18, in step S201, monitoring of the entire building by the surveillance cameras 11 at various locations in the building is started.
In step S202, the destination (destination) of the visitor A is acquired according to the unlocking of the auto lock of the door at the entrance (shared entrance).
In step S203, an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 at the entrance of the building on the 1st floor (see FIG. 8).
In step S204, the tracking face / body characteristics of the visitor A are registered in the tracking DB 166.
In step S205, an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 in front of the 1st floor elevator.
In step S206, the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
In step S207, the visitor A is detected.
 ステップS208で、来訪者Aさんが目的許可外のフロア及び位置(「立ち入り禁止エリア」)にいるかを判定する。ここで、許可されたフロア内であっても無許可の場所への移動は禁止とする。 In step S208, it is determined whether the visitor A is on a floor and a position (“no entry area”) outside the purpose permission. Here, even within the permitted floor, it is prohibited to move to an unauthorized place.
 ステップS209で、来訪者Aさんの目的場所への訪問の許可はあるかを確認する。
 訪問の許可はある場合、ステップS210で来訪者の行先のフロア及び住戸番号に応じて行き方を案内する。例えば、音響システム155(図1参照)による音声ガイダンス、またガイド用モニタ156(図1参照)による表示により来訪者Aさんを目的場所まで案内する。
In step S209, it is confirmed whether the visitor A has permission to visit the destination.
If there is permission to visit, in step S210, the directions will be guided according to the floor and house number of the visitor's destination. For example, the voice guidance by the sound system 155 (see FIG. 1) and the display by the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1) guide the visitor A to the destination.
 上記ステップS211で、訪問が禁止されている場合、画像対応DB(図示省略)及び逆投影変換により侵入者の位置を正確に判断すると共に、進入者が禁止エリア内にいることを検知する。すなわち、上述したように、監視装置110(図2参照)は、監視カメラ11(図1参照)によって撮影された画像の2次元の各位置と監視カメラ11によって撮影された3次元空間内の各位置とを対応付けて記憶する画像対応DBを備える。制御部110は、3次元空間内に定義した形状を2次元面上に投影する投影変換によって対応付けて画像対応DBに記憶しておく。そして、制御部110は、画像対応DBに記憶した位置情報をもとに、逆投影変換を行うことで、侵入者の位置を正確に検知する。
 ステップS212で、立ち入りが許可されていないエリアにいると警告して、本人のズーム画像をガイド用モニタ156(図1参照)表示し、退去を要求して本フローの処理を終了する。
When the visit is prohibited in step S211 above, the position of the intruder is accurately determined by the image correspondence DB (not shown) and the back projection conversion, and it is detected that the intruder is in the prohibited area. That is, as described above, the monitoring device 110 (see FIG. 2) has a two-dimensional position of the image captured by the surveillance camera 11 (see FIG. 1) and each position in the three-dimensional space captured by the surveillance camera 11. An image-corresponding DB that stores the position in association with the position is provided. The control unit 110 stores the shape defined in the three-dimensional space in the image correspondence DB in association with each other by a projection transformation that projects the shape on the two-dimensional surface. Then, the control unit 110 accurately detects the position of the intruder by performing back-projection conversion based on the position information stored in the image correspondence DB.
In step S212, the user is warned that he / she is in an area where entry is not permitted, the zoom image of the person is displayed on the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1), the evacuation is requested, and the processing of this flow is terminated.
 同様に、ステップS213で、来訪者の行先でないフロア(図17中参照)の監視カメラ11から画像を取得する。
 ステップS214で、AIアクセラレータ200による人のトラッキング機能を実行する。
 ステップS215で、来訪者Aさんを検知する。
Similarly, in step S213, an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 on the floor (see FIG. 17) that is not the destination of the visitor.
In step S214, the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
In step S215, the visitor A is detected.
 ステップS216で、来訪者Aさんが目的許可外のフロア及び位置(「立ち入り禁止エリア」)にいるかを判定する。ここで、許可されたフロア内であっても無許可の場所への移動は禁止とする。 In step S216, it is determined whether the visitor A is on a floor and a position (“no entry area”) outside the purpose permission. Here, even within the permitted floor, it is prohibited to move to an unauthorized place.
 ステップS217で、来訪者Aさんの目的場所への訪問の許可はあるかを確認する。
 訪問の許可はある場合、ステップS218で来訪者の行先のフロア及び住戸番号に応じて行き方を案内する(図17上参照)。例えば、音響システム155(図1参照)による音声ガイダンス、またガイド用モニタ156(図1参照)による表示により来訪者Aさんを目的場所まで案内する。
In step S217, it is confirmed whether the visitor A has permission to visit the destination.
If there is permission to visit, step S218 will guide the visitor according to the destination floor and house number (see the top of FIG. 17). For example, the voice guidance by the sound system 155 (see FIG. 1) and the display by the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1) guide the visitor A to the destination.
 上記ステップS219で、訪問が禁止されている場合、画像対応DB(図示省略)及び逆投影変換により侵入者の位置を正確に判断すると共に、進入者が禁止エリア内にいることを検知する。
 ステップS220で、立ち入りが許可されていないエリアにいると警告して、本人のズーム画像をガイド用モニタ156(図1参照)表示し、退去を要求して本フローの処理を終了する。
When the visit is prohibited in step S219, the position of the intruder is accurately determined by the image correspondence DB (not shown) and the back-projection conversion, and it is detected that the intruder is in the prohibited area.
In step S220, the user is warned that he / she is in an area where entry is not permitted, the zoom image of the person is displayed on the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1), the move-out is requested, and the processing of this flow is terminated.
 同様に、ステップS221で、来訪者の行先のフロア(図17下参照)の監視カメラ11から画像を取得する。
 ステップS222で、AIアクセラレータ200による人のトラッキング機能を実行する。
 ステップS223で、来訪者Aさんを検知する。
 ステップS224で、来訪者Aさんが目的許可外のフロア及び位置(「立ち入り禁止エリア」)にいるかを判定する。ここで、許可されたフロア内であっても無許可の場所への移動は禁止とする。
Similarly, in step S221, an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 on the floor of the visitor's destination (see the bottom of FIG. 17).
In step S222, the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
In step S223, the visitor A is detected.
In step S224, it is determined whether or not the visitor A is on a floor and a position (“exclusion zone”) outside the purpose permission. Here, even within the permitted floor, it is prohibited to move to an unauthorized place.
 ステップS225で、来訪者Aさんの目的場所への訪問の許可はあるかを確認する。
 訪問の許可がある場合、ステップS226で来訪者の行先のフロア及び住戸番号に応じて行き方を案内する。例えば、音響システム155(図1参照)による音声ガイダンス、またガイド用モニタ156(図1参照)による表示により来訪者Aさんを目的場所まで案内する。
In step S225, it is confirmed whether the visitor A has permission to visit the destination.
If there is permission to visit, step S226 will guide the visitor according to the destination floor and house number. For example, the voice guidance by the sound system 155 (see FIG. 1) and the display by the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1) guide the visitor A to the destination.
 上記ステップS227で、訪問が禁止されている場合、画像対応DB(図示省略)及び逆投影変換により侵入者の位置を正確に判断し、進入者が禁止エリア内にいることを検知する。
 ステップS228で、立ち入りが許可されていないエリアにいると警告して、本人のズーム画像をガイド用モニタ156(図1参照)表示し、退去を要求して本フローの処理を終了する。
When the visit is prohibited in step S227, the position of the intruder is accurately determined by the image correspondence DB (not shown) and the back projection conversion, and it is detected that the intruder is in the prohibited area.
In step S228, the user is warned that he / she is in an area where entry is not permitted, the zoom image of the person is displayed on the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 1), the move-out is requested, and the process of this flow is terminated.
 このように、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、警備の対象となる建物・敷地内にイエローベルトY、オレンジベルトO、レッドベルトRを設定する。
 例えば、来訪者Aさんがマンション入り口のドアホンにて許可をもらい、26Fの602号室に行くとすると、来訪者Aさんは1Fと26Fのパブリックエリア、エレベータ及び602号室(プライベートエリア)に立ち入る許可を付与される。
 もし来訪者Aさんが許可のない場所に立ち入ると、音響システム155(図1参照)による音声ガイダンス、またガイド用モニタ156(図1参照)によるディフェンス・ガイド機能により、正規のルートが案内される。もし不審者が許可のない場所に立ち入ると、ディフェンス・ガイド機能により退去するよう警告される。また、この場合、不審者の許可のない場所に立ち入りが関係者に通報される。
In this way, the digital smart guide security system 1000 sets the yellow belt Y, the orange belt O, and the red belt R in the building / site to be guarded.
For example, if visitor A gets permission from the doorphone at the entrance of the condominium and goes to room 602 on the 26th floor, visitor A gives permission to enter the public area, elevator and room 602 (private area) on the 1st and 26th floors. Granted.
If visitor A enters a place without permission, the regular route will be guided by the voice guidance by the sound system 155 (see Fig. 1) and the defense guide function by the guide monitor 156 (see Fig. 1). .. If a suspicious person enters an unauthorized location, the Defense Guide feature will warn them to leave. In this case, the person concerned is notified of entry into a place without the permission of the suspicious person.
<ドアホン監視による行先検知・登録機能>
 ドアホン監視による行先検知・登録機能は、入口のドアホンでの来訪者と居住者等とのやり取りを監視し、来訪者の行先(フロア、住戸番号等)を検知し、行先と関連づけて来訪者の顔情報をトラッキング用DB166に自動登録する。
<Destination detection / registration function by doorphone monitoring>
The destination detection / registration function by doorphone monitoring monitors the interaction between the visitor and the resident at the entrance doorphone, detects the visitor's destination (floor, house number, etc.), and associates it with the destination of the visitor. Face information is automatically registered in the tracking DB 166.
 図19は、ドアホン監視による行先検知・登録機能を説明する図である。図20は、図19のドアホン監視による行先検知・登録機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。図19は、1Fエントランス及び行先部屋を示す。図20の来訪者及び居住者のフローは、CPU処理ではないが、便宜上ステップ番号を付して説明する。来訪者(visitor)はステップV、居住者(family)はステップFを付している。 FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating a destination detection / registration function by doorphone monitoring. FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing the operation of the destination detection / registration function by the doorphone monitoring of FIG. FIG. 19 shows the 1st floor entrance and the destination room. The flow of visitors and residents in FIG. 20 is not CPU processing, but will be described with step numbers for convenience. Visitors have step V, and residents (family) have step F.
 図19上は、来訪者の行先の住戸(例えば、38階602号室等)である。
 図20のフローに示すように、来訪者は、ドアホンで行先の住戸の居住者を呼び出す。例えば、図19下に示す1F入口のドアホンで来訪者Aさんが602号室の居住者Sさんを呼び出したとする(ステップV11)。来訪者Aさんは、氏名・会社名等を名乗り、用件を伝える(ステップV12)。
The upper part of FIG. 19 shows the dwelling unit of the visitor's destination (for example, room 602 on the 38th floor).
As shown in the flow of FIG. 20, the visitor calls the resident of the destination dwelling unit with the door phone. For example, suppose that the visitor A calls the resident S of the room 602 with the door phone at the entrance on the 1st floor shown in the lower part of FIG. 19 (step V11). Visitor A gives his name, company name, etc. and tells the matter (step V12).
 居住者Sは、来訪者Aのドアホン連絡を受ける(ステップF11)。
 ドアホン親機が鳴り、居住者Sがドアホンの前で来訪者Aの画像を確認し、音声で対話する(ステップF11)。例えば、38階602号室の居住者Sさんが、来訪者Aさんの画像を確認し、来訪者Aさんと音声で対話する(ステップF11)。
 居住者Sは、オートロックを解除して来訪者を建物内に入れるかどうかを判断する(ステップF12)。
 居住者Sは、来訪者Aを中に入れる場合、オートロックを解除する(ステップF13)。
 居住者Sは、来訪者Aを中に入れない場合、来訪を断る(ステップF14)。
Resident S receives the doorphone contact of visitor A (step F11).
The doorphone master unit rings, and the resident S confirms the image of the visitor A in front of the doorphone and talks by voice (step F11). For example, Mr. S, a resident of Room 602 on the 38th floor, confirms the image of Mr. A and has a voice dialogue with Mr. A (step F11).
Resident S determines whether to release the auto lock and allow the visitor to enter the building (step F12).
When the resident S puts the visitor A inside, the resident S releases the auto lock (step F13).
If the resident S does not allow the visitor A to enter, the resident S refuses the visit (step F14).
 このような状況において、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、下記のドアホン監視による行先検知・登録機能を実行する。
 ステップS301で、顔認証カメラ(監視カメラ11)によりドアホンを監視する。
 ステップS302で、来訪者がドアホンに入力した行先住戸番号の数字を該顔認証カメラによりドアホンのディスプレイから読み取る。
 また、S301と並行して、ステップS303で、ドアホンのデータ信号線を監視する。
 ステップS304で、来訪者がドアホンに入力した行先住戸番号の数字をデータ信号線から読み取って検知する。
 ステップS305で、入口ドアホンでどの住戸を呼び出したかの情報を取得する。
 ステップS306で、入口前の監視カメラから来訪者の画像を取得する。
 ステップS307で、取得した画像から来訪者Aの顔及び身体特徴を抽出する。
 ステップS308で、居住者Sがオートロックを解除したか否かの情報を取得する。
 ステップS309で、居住者Sがオートロックを解除したか否かを判別する。
 居住者Sがオートロックを解除した場合(ステップS309:Yes)、ステップS310で、監視カメラ11の画像から抽出した来訪者の顔及び身体特徴と来訪者の行先(住戸番号等)を関連づけてトラッキング用DB166に登録して本フローの処理を終了する。居住者Sがオートロックを解除しなかった場合(ステップS309:No)、そのまま本フローの処理を終了する。ステップS310で登録された顔及び身体特徴と行先に基づいて来訪者を行先に案内する。
In such a situation, the digital smart guide security system 1000 executes the destination detection / registration function by the following doorphone monitoring.
In step S301, the door phone is monitored by the face recognition camera (surveillance camera 11).
In step S302, the number of the destination house number entered by the visitor into the doorphone is read from the doorphone display by the face recognition camera.
Further, in parallel with S301, the data signal line of the doorphone is monitored in step S303.
In step S304, the number of the destination house number input by the visitor to the door phone is read from the data signal line and detected.
In step S305, information on which dwelling unit was called by the entrance door phone is acquired.
In step S306, an image of the visitor is acquired from the surveillance camera in front of the entrance.
In step S307, the face and body features of the visitor A are extracted from the acquired image.
In step S308, information on whether or not the resident S has released the auto lock is acquired.
In step S309, it is determined whether or not the resident S has released the auto lock.
When the resident S releases the auto lock (step S309: Yes), in step S310, the face and physical characteristics of the visitor extracted from the image of the surveillance camera 11 are tracked in association with the visitor's destination (house number, etc.). Register in DB166 for ending the processing of this flow. If the resident S does not release the auto lock (step S309: No), the process of this flow ends as it is. The visitor is guided to the destination based on the face and body characteristics and the destination registered in step S310.
<顔認証及びトラッキング機能>
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000における顔認証及びトラッキング機能について説明する。
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000における顔認証及びトラッキング機能は、下記(1)~(3)を含む。
(1)建物・住戸入口での顔認証機能(図21のフロー参照)
・建物入口、居住者の住戸への入口及び研究室入口等に顔認証のための監視カメラ11を設置する。なお、顔認証機能は、ホテルにおいてはプライバシィへの配慮からオプションとしてよい。
・居住者、テナントの従業員、又は定期的な来訪者は、顔情報を事前登録しておき、入口で顔認証する。本人確認ができた場合は、入口からエリア内に入る許可を自動的に付与し、オートロックを解除する。ただし、自動解除するか否かは、設定による。
<Face recognition and tracking function>
The face recognition and tracking functions in the digital smart guide security system 1000 will be described.
The face recognition and tracking functions in the digital smart guide security system 1000 include the following (1) to (3).
(1) Face recognition function at the entrance of a building / dwelling unit (see the flow in Fig. 21)
-Install a surveillance camera 11 for face recognition at the entrance of the building, the entrance to the dwelling unit of the resident, the entrance of the laboratory, and the like. The face recognition function may be an option at the hotel in consideration of privacy.
・ Residents, tenant employees, or regular visitors should pre-register face information and perform face recognition at the entrance. If the identity is confirmed, permission to enter the area from the entrance is automatically granted and the auto lock is released. However, whether or not to cancel automatically depends on the setting.
(2)AIアクセラレータ200(図1参照)による人のトラッキング機能(図22のフロー参照)
・入口前に顔認証のための監視カメラ11を設置し、この監視カメラ11により来訪者等の画像を撮影する。そして、人のトラッキング用顔及び身体特徴、人数等をトラッキング用DB166(図1参照)に自動登録する。
・エレベータ前、エレベータ内、共用部廊下の要所位置(例えば30~40m単位)、階段周辺、非常階段入口、パブリックエリアとプライベートエリアの境界等の箇所に、監視カメラ11を設置する。それらの監視カメラ11の撮影画像から来訪者等を特定し、来訪者を追跡する。来訪者の特定は、入口前の顔認証のための監視カメラ11の撮影画像と登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に自動登録した特徴(特に、顔登録情報)との一致度を見ることで行う。
・正規の居住者又は正規の来訪者と判断した場合は、エレベータ前のオートロックを自動解除する。ただし、自動解除するか否かは設定による。
(2) Human tracking function by AI accelerator 200 (see FIG. 1) (see flow in FIG. 22)
-A surveillance camera 11 for face recognition is installed in front of the entrance, and an image of a visitor or the like is taken by this surveillance camera 11. Then, the tracking face and body characteristics of the person, the number of people, and the like are automatically registered in the tracking DB 166 (see FIG. 1).
-Install surveillance cameras 11 in front of the elevator, inside the elevator, at key points in the common corridor (for example, in units of 30 to 40 m), around the stairs, at the entrance to the emergency stairs, and at the boundary between the public area and the private area. Visitors and the like are identified from the images taken by the surveillance cameras 11 and the visitors are tracked. Visitors are identified by looking at the degree of matching between the captured image of the surveillance camera 11 for face authentication in front of the entrance and the features (particularly face registration information) automatically registered in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB165. ..
・ If it is determined that the person is a regular resident or a regular visitor, the auto lock in front of the elevator will be automatically released. However, whether or not to cancel automatically depends on the setting.
(3)来訪者等が無許可の場所に立ち入ることを阻止する機能(図23~図25のフロー参照)
 AIアクセラレータ200による人のトラッキング機能を使用して来訪者を特定する。また、来訪者の移動を追跡し、入口で登録した目的の住戸のある階以外や非常階段入口等の不正なエリアで来訪者を検知した場合、直ちに自動音声で正しいルートを伝える。検知された来訪者が正規の来訪者として登録されていない場合は、不審者として検知して登録し、直ちに自動音声で退去を要求し、関係者等のスマートフォン50aに不審者の画像を通知する。
・イエローベルトYへの立ち入りは、侵入者がイエローベルトY内に立ち入った場合、監視カメラ11の画像を3次元空間軸及び4次元目の時間軸で解析する。これにより、正確に位置判定する。オレンジベルトOへの侵入時は、条件付発報し、レッドベルトRへの侵入時は即時発報する。
 また、建物外周部及び屋上に出る非常階段出口などの前にもイエローベルトY、レッドベルトR等を定義し、侵入者を監視する。建物外周部では、人及び車両による侵入による侵入を監視する。
(3) Function to prevent visitors from entering unauthorized places (see the flow in FIGS. 23 to 25)
A visitor is identified using the person tracking function of the AI accelerator 200. In addition, if the movement of a visitor is tracked and a visitor is detected in an illegal area such as the floor other than the floor where the target dwelling unit is registered at the entrance or the entrance of an emergency staircase, the correct route is immediately transmitted by automatic voice. If the detected visitor is not registered as a legitimate visitor, it will be detected and registered as a suspicious person, immediately requested to move out by automatic voice, and the image of the suspicious person will be notified to the smartphone 50a of the person concerned. ..
When an intruder enters the yellow belt Y, the image of the surveillance camera 11 is analyzed on the three-dimensional space axis and the fourth-dimensional time axis. As a result, the position is accurately determined. A conditional alert is issued when the orange belt O is invaded, and an immediate alert is issued when the red belt R is invaded.
In addition, yellow belt Y, red belt R, etc. are defined in front of the outer periphery of the building and the exit of the emergency stairs on the roof to monitor intruders. At the outer periphery of the building, intrusion by people and vehicles is monitored.
 図21は、上記(1)建物・住戸入口での顔認証機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。
 ステップS401で、入口前の顔認証のための監視カメラ11から画像を取得する。
 ステップS402で、顔認証処理を行い、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165内の顔登録情報と照合する。
 ステップS403で、顔登録情報による分類を行い、下記ステップに分岐する。
 ステップS404で、来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知する。
 ステップS405で、警備・録画を継続する。
 ステップS406で、入口のオートロックを解除する。
FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the operation of the face recognition function at the entrance of the building / dwelling unit (1).
In step S401, an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 for face authentication in front of the entrance.
In step S402, the face authentication process is performed and collated with the face registration information in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165.
In step S403, classification is performed based on face registration information, and the process branches to the following step.
In step S404, the related parties are notified of the history of visitors and the like.
In step S405, security / recording is continued.
In step S406, the auto lock at the entrance is released.
 ステップS408で、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165を参照して、来訪者を検索する。
 定期的な来訪者の場合、ステップS409で定期的な来訪者(知人等)とし、ステップS410で、定期的な来訪者に対する処理を行いステップS413に進む。
 定期的な来訪者でない場合、ステップS411で不定期的な来訪者(郵便配達等)とし、ステップS412で、不定期的な来訪者に対する処理(要身元確認)を行いステップS413に進む。
In step S408, the visitor is searched by referring to the registrant information / suspicious person information DB165.
In the case of a regular visitor, the regular visitor (acquaintance or the like) is set in step S409, and the regular visitor is processed in step S410 to proceed to step S413.
If the visitor is not a regular visitor, the visitor is treated as an irregular visitor (mail delivery, etc.) in step S411, and the irregular visitor is processed (identification required) in step S412, and the process proceeds to step S413.
 ステップS413では、来訪の予約を登録者情報/不審者情報DB165を検索し、事前に来訪が予約されているかを確認する。
 ステップS414で、来訪が予約済みか否かを判別する。
 来訪が予約済みでない場合、ステップS415で来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知して本フローの処理を終了する。
 来訪が予約済みの場合、ステップS416で入口のオートロックを解除して本フローの処理を終了する。
In step S413, the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 is searched for the visit reservation, and it is confirmed whether the visit is reserved in advance.
In step S414, it is determined whether or not the visit is reserved.
If the visit is not reserved, the history of the visitor and the like is notified to the persons concerned in step S415, and the process of this flow is terminated.
If the visit is reserved, the auto-lock at the entrance is released in step S416 to end the processing of this flow.
 図22は、上記(2)AIアクセラレータ200による人のトラッキング機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。
 ステップS501で、入口前及びエレベータ前の監視カメラ11から画像を取得する。
 ステップS502で、監視カメラ11により撮影した画像を、AIアクセラレータ200を用いて解析し、人のトラッキング用顔及び身体特徴を検知する。
 ステップS503で、人を特定する。
 ステップS504で、監視カメラ11により撮影した画像を、AIアクセラレータ200を用いて解析し、集団の人数を検知する。集団の人数を検知するのは、友連れ検知機能(下記ステップS509参照)で、友連れを検知するためである。
 ステップS505で、グループを特定する。
FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing the operation of the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 (2).
In step S501, images are acquired from the surveillance cameras 11 in front of the entrance and in front of the elevator.
In step S502, the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 is analyzed by using the AI accelerator 200, and the face and body features for tracking of a person are detected.
In step S503, the person is identified.
In step S504, the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 is analyzed by using the AI accelerator 200, and the number of people in the group is detected. The reason for detecting the number of people in a group is that the tailgating detection function (see step S509 below) detects the tailgating.
In step S505, the group is identified.
 ステップS506で、無許可への場所の立ち入りを検知したか否かを判別する。
 無許可への場所の立ち入りを検知した場合、ステップS507で、不正なエリアへの侵入と判定してステップS509に進む。
 無許可への場所の立ち入りを検知しない場合、ステップS508で、正常と判定してステップS509に進む。
In step S506, it is determined whether or not the entry of the place without permission is detected.
When it is detected that the place has entered the unauthorized area, it is determined in step S507 that the entry is an unauthorized area, and the process proceeds to step S509.
If the entry of the place without permission is not detected, it is determined in step S508 that it is normal, and the process proceeds to step S509.
 ステップS509で、友連れ検知機能(図27参照)を実行する。友連れとは、一人のID認証で解錠した扉を複数の者が通過してしまうことをいう。共連れがあると、入退室の記録が正確に取れないため、友連れを検知する必要がある。
 ステップS510で、友連れを検知したか否かを判定する。
 友連れを検知した場合、ステップS511で、友連れ(不審者)と判定して本フローの処理を終了する。
 友連れを検知しない場合、ステップS512で、正常と判定して本フローの処理を終了する。
In step S509, the tailgating detection function (see FIG. 27) is executed. Piggybacking means that multiple people pass through the door unlocked by one person's ID authentication. If you have tailgating, you will not be able to accurately record entry and exit, so you need to detect piggybacking.
In step S510, it is determined whether or not piggybacking is detected.
When a piggybacking is detected, in step S511, it is determined that the piggybacking (suspicious person) is made, and the processing of this flow ends.
If no piggybacking is detected, it is determined in step S512 that the process is normal, and the processing of this flow ends.
 図23~図25は、上記(3)来訪者等が無許可の場所に立ち入ることを阻止する機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。図23は、その「フロア内のパブリックエリアの警備」を示すフローチャートである。
 フロア内のパブリックエリアは、例えば1F入口、1Fロビー、ラウンジ、エレベータ、通路及び階段である。
 図23に示すように、ステップS601で、常時警備モードを開始する。
 ステップS602n(nは任意の自然数)で、エレベータ前、共用廊下等の各所に設置された監視カメラ11から画像を取得する。
 ステップS603nで、各所に設置された監視カメラ11の撮影画像から人を検知する。
 ステップS604nで、AIアクセラレータ200による人のトラッキング機能を実行する。すなわち、人のトラッキング機能は、監視カメラ11により撮影した画像を、AIアクセラレータ200を用いて解析し、人のトラッキング用顔及び身体特徴を検知する。
23 to 25 are flowcharts showing the operation of the function (3) of preventing a visitor or the like from entering an unauthorized place. FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the “security of the public area in the floor”.
Public areas on the floor are, for example, 1st floor entrance, 1st floor lobby, lounge, elevator, aisle and stairs.
As shown in FIG. 23, in step S601, the constant security mode is started.
In step S602n (n is an arbitrary natural number), images are acquired from surveillance cameras 11 installed in various places such as in front of the elevator and in the common corridor.
In step S603n, a person is detected from the captured images of the surveillance cameras 11 installed at various places.
In step S604n, the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed. That is, the human tracking function analyzes the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 using the AI accelerator 200, and detects the human tracking face and body features.
 ステップS605で、人のトラッキング用顔及び身体特徴の検知結果をもとに、居住者等か否か判別する。
 居住者等の場合、ステップS606で監視を継続する。
 居住者等でない場合、ステップS607で、エリアへの許可を判定してステップS108に進む。
 ステップS608で、許可されたエリアか否かを判別する。
 許可されたエリアの場合、ステップS609で、監視を継続する。
In step S605, it is determined whether or not the person is a resident or the like based on the detection result of the face and body characteristics for tracking of the person.
In the case of a resident or the like, monitoring is continued in step S606.
If the person is not a resident or the like, the permission to the area is determined in step S607, and the process proceeds to step S108.
In step S608, it is determined whether or not the area is permitted.
In the case of the permitted area, monitoring is continued in step S609.
 許可されたエリアでない場合、ステップS610で、正規の来訪者か否かを判別する。
 正規の来訪者の場合、ステップS611で、来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知する。
 ステップS612で、タブレット等による「ディフェンス・ガイド機能」を実行して本フローの処理を終了する。「ディフェンス・ガイド機能」は、音響システム155(図2参照)による音声ガイダンス、またガイド用モニタ156(図2参照)による表示により人を目的場所まで案内する機能である。
If the area is not permitted, step S610 determines whether or not the visitor is a legitimate visitor.
In the case of a regular visitor, in step S611, the history of the visitor and the like is notified to the persons concerned.
In step S612, the "defense guide function" by the tablet or the like is executed to end the processing of this flow. The "defense guide function" is a function of guiding a person to a destination by voice guidance by an acoustic system 155 (see FIG. 2) and display by a guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 2).
 正規の来訪者でない場合、ステップS613で、来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知する。
 ステップS614で、タブレット等による「ディフェンス・ガイド機能」を実行して本フローの処理を終了する。ステップS614における「ディフェンス・ガイド機能」は、不審者(侵入者)に対する威嚇である。例えば、音響システム155(図2参照)による音声警告、またガイド用モニタ156(図2参照)による表示で侵入を警告する。また、ガイド用モニタ156に、侵入者の顔や姿を表示して警告する。
If the visitor is not a regular visitor, the history of the visitor or the like is notified to the persons concerned in step S613.
In step S614, the "defense guide function" by the tablet or the like is executed to end the processing of this flow. The "defense guide function" in step S614 is a threat to a suspicious person (intruder). For example, an intrusion is warned by a voice warning by the sound system 155 (see FIG. 2) and a display by the guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 2). In addition, the guide monitor 156 displays the face and appearance of the intruder to warn the user.
 図24は、上記(3)来訪者等が無許可の場所に立ち入ることを阻止する機能の「居住者の住戸の玄関・ベランダの警備」を示すフローチャートである。
 ステップS701で、常時警備モードを開始する。
 ステップS702で、玄関前の顔認証のための監視カメラ11の画像を取得する。
 ステップS703で、玄関のイエローベルトYに人が侵入しているか否かを確認してステップS706に進む。
 ステップS704で、ベランダに設置された監視カメラ11の画像を取得する。
 ステップS705で、ベランダのレッドベルトRに人が侵入しているか否かを確認してステップS706に進む。
FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the above-mentioned (3) "security of the entrance / veranda of the resident's dwelling unit", which is a function of preventing visitors and the like from entering an unauthorized place.
In step S701, the constant security mode is started.
In step S702, the image of the surveillance camera 11 for face authentication in front of the entrance is acquired.
In step S703, it is confirmed whether or not a person has invaded the yellow belt Y at the entrance, and the process proceeds to step S706.
In step S704, the image of the surveillance camera 11 installed on the balcony is acquired.
In step S705, it is confirmed whether or not a person has invaded the red belt R of the balcony, and the process proceeds to step S706.
 ステップS706で、AIアクセラレータ200による人のトラッキング機能を実行する。
 ステップS707で、居住者等か否かを判別する。
 居住者等の場合、ステップS708で、監視を継続する。
 居住者等でない場合、ステップS709で、正確な位置特定する。「正確な位置特定」は、下記により実現できる。すなわち、侵入者が、イエローベルトY、オレンジベルトO、レッドベルトR等に侵入し、敷地内及び建物内の許可目的外のフロアを移動している場合、侵入者の位置を、画像対応DBに記憶した位置情報をもとに、逆投影変換を行うことで、正確に検知する。
In step S706, the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
In step S707, it is determined whether or not the person is a resident or the like.
In the case of a resident or the like, monitoring is continued in step S708.
If it is not a resident or the like, the exact position is specified in step S709. "Accurate position identification" can be realized by the following. That is, when an intruder invades the yellow belt Y, the orange belt O, the red belt R, etc. and moves on the floor outside the permission purpose in the site and the building, the position of the intruder is displayed in the image correspondence DB. Accurate detection is performed by performing back-projection conversion based on the stored position information.
 ステップS710で、オレンジベルトOに人が侵入しているか否かを判別する。
 オレンジベルトOに人が侵入していない場合、ステップS711で、監視を継続してステップS713に進む。
 上記ステップS710でオレンジベルトOに人が侵入している場合、ステップS712で、来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知してステップS713に進む。
In step S710, it is determined whether or not a person has invaded the orange belt O.
If no person has invaded the orange belt O, in step S711, monitoring is continued and the process proceeds to step S713.
When a person has invaded the orange belt O in step S710, the history of visitors and the like is notified to the persons concerned in step S712, and the process proceeds to step S713.
 ステップS713で、レッドベルトRに人が侵入しているか否かを判別する。
 レッドベルトRに人が侵入していない場合、ステップS714で、監視を継続して本フローの処理を終了する。なお、本フローは、所定周期で繰り返し実行されるため、監視が継続されることになる。
 上記ステップS713でレッドジベルトRに人が侵入している場合、ステップS715で、来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知して本フローの処理を終了する。
In step S713, it is determined whether or not a person has invaded the red belt R.
If no person has invaded the red belt R, in step S714, monitoring is continued and the processing of this flow ends. Since this flow is repeatedly executed at a predetermined cycle, monitoring will be continued.
When a person has invaded Red Gibert R in step S713, the process of this flow is terminated in step S715 by notifying the concerned parties of the history of visitors and the like.
 図25は、上記(3)来訪者等が無許可の場所に立ち入ることを阻止する機能の「建物外周部及び非常階段の警備」を示すフローチャートである。
 ステップS801で、常時警備モードを開始する。
 ステップS802で、建物外周部の監視カメラ11の画像を取得する。
 ステップS803で、建物外周部のイエローベルトYに人が侵入しているか否かを確認してステップS806に進む。
 ステップS804で、屋上出口に設置された監視カメラ11の画像を取得する。
 ステップS805で、屋上出口のレッドベルトRに人が侵入しているか否かを確認してステップS806に進む。
FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing “security of the outer periphery of the building and emergency stairs” of the function (3) of preventing visitors and the like from entering unauthorized places.
In step S801, the constant security mode is started.
In step S802, the image of the surveillance camera 11 on the outer periphery of the building is acquired.
In step S803, it is confirmed whether or not a person has invaded the yellow belt Y on the outer periphery of the building, and the process proceeds to step S806.
In step S804, the image of the surveillance camera 11 installed at the rooftop exit is acquired.
In step S805, it is confirmed whether or not a person has invaded the red belt R at the rooftop exit, and the process proceeds to step S806.
 ステップS806で、AIアクセラレータ200による人のトラッキング機能を実行する。
 ステップS807で、居住者等か否かを判別する。
 居住者等の場合、ステップS808で、監視を継続する。
 居住者等でない場合、ステップS809で、正確な位置特定する。すなわち、侵入者が、イエローベルトY、オレンジベルトO、レッドベルトR等に侵入し、敷地内及び建物内の許可目的外のフロアを移動している場合、侵入者の位置を、画像対応DBに記憶した位置情報をもとに、逆投影変換を行うことで、正確に検知する。
In step S806, the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
In step S807, it is determined whether or not the person is a resident or the like.
In the case of a resident or the like, monitoring is continued in step S808.
If it is not a resident or the like, the exact position is specified in step S809. That is, when an intruder invades the yellow belt Y, the orange belt O, the red belt R, etc. and moves on the floor outside the permission purpose in the site and the building, the position of the intruder is displayed in the image correspondence DB. Accurate detection is performed by performing back-projection conversion based on the stored position information.
 ステップS810で、オレンジベルトOに人が侵入しているか否かを判別する。
 オレンジベルトOに人が侵入していない場合、ステップS811で、監視を継続してステップS813に進む。
 上記ステップS810でオレンジベルトOに人が侵入している場合、ステップS812で、来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知してステップS813に進む。
In step S810, it is determined whether or not a person has invaded the orange belt O.
If no person has invaded the orange belt O, the monitoring is continued in step S811 and the process proceeds to step S813.
When a person has invaded the orange belt O in step S810, the history of visitors and the like is notified to the persons concerned in step S812, and the process proceeds to step S813.
 ステップS813で、レッドベルトRに人が侵入しているか否かを判別する。
 レッドベルトRに人が侵入していない場合、ステップS814で、監視を継続して本フローの処理を終了する。
In step S813, it is determined whether or not a person has invaded the red belt R.
If no person has invaded the red belt R, in step S814, monitoring is continued and the processing of this flow ends.
 上記ステップS813でレッドジベルトRに人が侵入している場合、ステップS815で、来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知して本フローの処理を終了する。 If a person has invaded Red Gibert R in step S813, the history of visitors and the like is notified to related parties in step S815, and the processing of this flow ends.
<履歴通知、友連れ検知、退去時の登録解除>
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000における履歴通知、友連れ検知、退去時の登録解除機能は、下記(4)~(6)を含む。
(4)来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知する機能(図26で詳述する)
・来訪者等が無許可エリアや重要エリアに立ち入ると、現在の位置と画像、及び今回の来訪時の敷地・建物に入った時点から現在位置に到達するまでの動線、経路を関係者のPCやスマートフォン50a等に通知する。
・登録者情報/不審者情報DB165を検索し、該当者の過去の来訪時の記録があれば、履歴を上記通知に追加する。
<History notification, tailgating detection, cancellation of registration when moving out>
The history notification, tailgating detection, and registration cancellation functions at the time of moving out in the digital smart guide security system 1000 include the following (4) to (6).
(4) A function to notify related parties of the history of visitors, etc. (detailed in FIG. 26)
・ When a visitor enters an unauthorized area or an important area, the current position and image, and the flow line and route from the time of entering the site / building at the time of this visit to the time of reaching the current position are shown by the persons concerned. Notify the PC, smartphone 50a, etc.
-Search the registrant information / suspicious person information DB165, and if there is a record of the person's past visits, add the history to the above notification.
・登録者情報/不審者情報DB165が、事故歴・行動歴DBを備える場合(外部の事故歴・行動歴DBをアクセスできる場合も含む)、この事故歴・行動歴DBを検索し、事故歴、行動歴があれば、事故歴、行動歴を上記通知に追加する。 -When the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 has an accident history / behavior history DB (including a case where an external accident history / behavior history DB can be accessed), the accident history / behavior history DB is searched and the accident history is searched. , If there is an action history, add the accident history and action history to the above notification.
(5)友連れ検知機能(図27で詳述する)
・来訪者の自動登録を行う際に、来訪者に同伴者がいる場合は、来訪者をグループ代表者とし、同伴者をメンバーとするグループを構成し、そのグループの人数、代表者、メンバーを登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に自動登録する。
・建物内各所の監視カメラにより来訪者を撮影する。また、グループの一員として登録されている場合は、そのグループのメンバーと同一行動をとっていれば問題なし、別行動をとっていれば友連れとして検知する。
(5) Piggybacking detection function (detailed in FIG. 27)
・ When automatically registering a visitor, if the visitor has a companion, make a group with the visitor as the group representative and the companion as a member, and set the number of people, representatives, and members of the group. Automatically register in registrant information / suspicious person information DB165.
・ Take pictures of visitors with surveillance cameras in various parts of the building. If the person is registered as a member of the group, there is no problem if he / she takes the same action as the member of the group, and if he / she takes another action, he / she is detected as a tailgating.
(6)来訪者等が退去したことを検知・登録解除する機能(図28で詳述する)
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、来訪者が建物から退去したか否かを監視し、一定時間経過後も退去しなかった場合は、その来訪者を不審者として検知して登録し、関係者等のスマートフォン50aに来訪者の画像を通知する。
(6) Function to detect and cancel registration of visitors moving out (detailed in FIG. 28)
The digital smart guide security system 1000 monitors whether or not a visitor has moved out of the building, and if the visitor does not move out after a certain period of time, the visitor is detected as a suspicious person, registered, and related. Notify the image of the visitor to the smartphone 50a of the person or the like.
 図26は、上記(4)来訪者等の履歴を関係者に通知する機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。
 ステップS901で、該当者の現在の位置と画像を取得する。
 ステップS902で、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165から該当者が敷地及び建物に入った時点から現在の位置に到達するまでの移動経路及び画像シーケンスを取得し、今回来訪時の通知を作成する。
 ステップS903で、登録者情報/不審者情報DB165をさらに過去に遡って検索、例えば3ヶ月前までのデータを検索し、該当者の過去の来訪時の履歴がないかを調べる。
FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the operation of the function of notifying related parties of the history of (4) visitors and the like.
In step S901, the current position and image of the person concerned are acquired.
In step S902, the movement route and the image sequence from the time when the person concerned enters the site and the building to reach the current position are acquired from the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165, and the notification at the time of this visit is created.
In step S903, the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165 is searched further retroactively, for example, the data up to 3 months ago is searched, and it is checked whether or not there is a history of the person concerned at the time of past visit.
 ステップS904で、該当者の過去画像は見つかったか否かを判別する。該当者の過去画像が見つからなかった場合、ステップS906に進む。
 該当者の過去画像が見つかった場合、該当者の過去画像履歴を通知情報に追加してステップS906に進む。
In step S904, it is determined whether or not the past image of the relevant person has been found. If the past image of the person concerned is not found, the process proceeds to step S906.
When the past image of the person concerned is found, the past image history of the person concerned is added to the notification information, and the process proceeds to step S906.
 ステップS906で、事故歴・行動歴DB(登録者情報/不審者情報DB165)を参照して、該当者の顔写真をキーに検索、事故歴、行動歴がないかを調べる。
 ステップS907で、該当者の事故歴、行動歴は見つかったか否かを判別する。
 該当者の事故歴、行動歴が見つかった場合、該当者の事故歴、行動歴を、通知情報として追加してステップS909に進む。該当者の事故歴、行動歴が見つからなかった場合、そのままステップS909に進む。
 ステップS909で、作成した通知情報を管理者、来訪者の訪問先の居住者のPCやスマートフォン50a等に送信して本フローの処理を終了する。
In step S906, the accident history / action history DB (registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165) is referred to, and the face photo of the relevant person is used as a key to search for an accident history / action history.
In step S907, it is determined whether or not the accident history and behavior history of the relevant person have been found.
When the accident history and action history of the relevant person are found, the accident history and action history of the relevant person are added as notification information, and the process proceeds to step S909. If the accident history and action history of the relevant person are not found, the process proceeds to step S909 as it is.
In step S909, the created notification information is transmitted to the administrator, the visitor's visited resident's PC, smartphone 50a, or the like, and the processing of this flow is completed.
 図27は、上記(5)友連れ検知機能を説明する図である。従来のオートロックでは、正規の入館者が入館する時にドアが閉まる前に不審者が入館できてしまう友連れが課題としてある。このため、本実施例では、監視カメラ11等によって撮影する画像によってこの友連れを認識して防止する。
 例えば、マンション、事務所、研究所、工場、金銭集計室又は情報センター等の入口の風除室内をイエローベルトYに設定し、風除室外側のドアから内部に入った人を監視カメラで検知する。また、オートロック解除機能付ドアホン装置の周囲に例えば半径1.3~2mのグリーンエリアGを設定し、グリーンエリアG内に入った人を監視カメラで監視し、オートロック解除操作を行うか否かを判定する。
 オートロック解除後、監視カメラで風除室内側のドアを監視し、開いたドアから建物内に入館する人と同行者を正規の入館者と判定する。続けて内側のドアを監視し、ドアが閉まる前に入館する人と同行者を検知、友連れの可能性ありと判定し、音声にて「お一人ずつオートロック解除操作をお願いします。」等のメッセージを流し、友連れを抑止する。
 また、イエローベルトY内に長時間、例えば10分以上滞在した人は不審者として画像を記録しておく。また不審者又は友連れの可能性ありとして記録された回数をカウントし、例えば同じ人が複数回検知された時は関係者に通知する。
FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating the above (5) tailgating detection function. The problem with conventional auto-locking is that when a regular visitor enters the building, a suspicious person can enter the building before the door closes. Therefore, in this embodiment, the tailgating is recognized and prevented by the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 or the like.
For example, the windbreak room at the entrance of an apartment, office, research institute, factory, money counting room, information center, etc. is set to yellow belt Y, and a person who enters the inside through the door outside the windbreak room is detected by a surveillance camera. To do. In addition, whether or not to set a green area G with a radius of 1.3 to 2 m around the doorphone device with an auto-lock release function, monitor a person who has entered the green area G with a surveillance camera, and perform an auto-lock release operation. Is determined.
After the auto-lock is released, the door on the side of the windbreak room is monitored by a surveillance camera, and the person who enters the building through the opened door and the accompanying person are judged to be regular visitors. Continue to monitor the inner door, detect people and companions entering the building before the door closes, determine that there is a possibility of tailgating, and say "Please perform auto-unlock operation one by one." Etc. to deter friends.
Further, a person who stays in the yellow belt Y for a long time, for example, 10 minutes or more, records an image as a suspicious person. It also counts the number of times a suspicious person or tailgating is recorded, and notifies the parties concerned, for example, when the same person is detected multiple times.
 さらに詳しく説明する。まず、グリーンエリアGにおいて正常な館内入場手続きを完了した人の場合には、館内出入口前に設置した認証カメラ及び監視カメラ11等がその人及び同行者を撮影し、その人及びその同行者として認識し、正常な入館者として承認し、記憶する。
 また、グリーンエリアG内に立入らず、グリーンエリアGより離れた玄関出入口の風除室に立ち入って停止し、正常な入館オートロック解除操作により内側のドアが開いた時に、ドアが閉じる前に館内に入ろうとすると、グリーンエリアGに立入り、操作していないことを認証カメラ、監視カメラ11等の画像によって認識して、正規の入館手続きをしていない不審者として判断する(不審者判断その1)。そして、例えば任意で設定した「お一人ずつオートロック解除操作をお願いします。」とオートロック解除操作をガイドする。
 それでもなお、友連れで館内に入館すれば、認証カメラ、監視カメラ11等が撮影した不審者の画像を注意者の画像として記憶する。
This will be described in more detail. First, in the case of a person who has completed normal entrance procedures in the hall in Green Area G, the authentication camera and surveillance camera 11 installed in front of the entrance / exit of the hall take pictures of the person and his / her companion, and as that person and his / her companion. Recognize, approve and remember as a normal visitor.
In addition, when the inside door is opened by a normal entrance auto-unlock operation, before the door is closed, the person does not enter the green area G, but enters the windbreak room at the entrance / exit away from the green area G and stops. When you try to enter the hall, you enter the green area G, recognize that you are not operating by the images of the authentication camera, surveillance camera 11, etc., and judge as a suspicious person who has not performed the formal admission procedure (suspicious person judgment part 1). Then, for example, the auto-unlock operation is guided by saying, "Please perform the auto-unlock operation one by one."
Nevertheless, if a friend enters the hall, the image of the suspicious person taken by the authentication camera, the surveillance camera 11, etc. is stored as the image of the caution person.
 さらに、友連れで複数回館内に入館すれば侵入者と判断して、その画像を侵入者の画像として記憶する。
 また、グリーンエリアGに立入って、そのままオートロック解除操作をしなければ友連れ出入者として判断し(不審者判断その2)、「お一人ずつオートロック解除操作をお願いします。」とオートロック解除操作をガイドする。
Furthermore, if a friend enters the building multiple times, it is judged to be an intruder and the image is stored as an image of the intruder.
Also, if you do not enter the green area G and do the auto-unlock operation as it is, it will be judged as a piggybacker (suspicious person judgment part 2), and "Please perform the auto-unlock operation one by one." Guide the unlocking operation.
 また、本システムは、画像によって正規の同行者か否かを判断するので、家族連れについては、外側のドアを同時に入り、オートロック解除操作後に内側のドアから同時に館内に入館することによって、正規の同行者と判断され、家族などと判断される。
 なお、子供については、身長が、任意で設定した、例えば130cm以下の場合は、家族の同行者と判断してオートロック操作のガイドは発声しないようにしてもよい。
In addition, since this system determines whether or not it is a legitimate companion based on the image, for families, by entering the outer door at the same time and entering the hall at the same time from the inner door after the auto unlock operation, it is legitimate. It is judged to be a companion of the family, etc.
For children, if the height is arbitrarily set, for example, 130 cm or less, it may be determined that the child is accompanied by a family member and the auto-lock operation guide may not be spoken.
 住民及び従事者などの正規の入館者は、オートロック解除キーによる解除操作と、館内からのオートロック解除操作によりオートロックを解除できる。
 また、住民及び従事者等の関連者については、住戸番号等と関連づけて顔画像を予め記憶しておいて、関連者がオートロック解除キーを所持していなくても、住戸番号等の入力操作をすれば、入力された住戸番号等と関連づけて予め記憶している顔画像と認証カメラによって撮影された入館者の顔画像とを照合して、一致すればオートロックを解除するようにしてもよい。
 オートロックのドアが複数ある場合には、それぞれが同じ構成を備える。
Regular visitors such as residents and workers can unlock the auto-lock by using the auto-lock release key and the auto-lock release operation from inside the building.
In addition, for related persons such as residents and workers, the face image is stored in advance in association with the house number, etc., and even if the related person does not have the auto-lock release key, the input operation of the house number, etc. If you do, the face image stored in advance in association with the entered house number etc. will be compared with the face image of the visitor taken by the authentication camera, and if they match, the auto lock will be released. Good.
If there are multiple auto-lock doors, each has the same configuration.
 図28は、上記(5)友連れ検知機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。
 ステップS1001で、風除室の監視カメラ11から画像を取得する。
 ステップS1002で、その画像からイエローベルトYに入った人を検知する。
 ステップS1003で、その人がグリーンエリア内に立入ったかを判別する。
 グリーンエリア内に立入った場合(ステップS1003:Yes)、ステップS1004で数秒~数十秒間監視カメラでグリーンエリアを監視し、ロック解除操作を行っているかを判定する。
FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing the operation of the above (5) tailgating detection function.
In step S1001, an image is acquired from the surveillance camera 11 in the windbreak room.
In step S1002, a person who has entered the yellow belt Y is detected from the image.
In step S1003, it is determined whether the person has entered the green area.
When entering the green area (step S1003: Yes), the green area is monitored by a surveillance camera for several seconds to several tens of seconds in step S1004, and it is determined whether or not the unlock operation is performed.
 グリーンエリア内に立入っていない場合(ステップS1003:No)、ステップS1005で、グリーンエリア外にいる人を監視カメラ11で監視し、人数と滞在時間を計測してステップS1011に進む。
 ステップS1006でその人がロック解除操作を行った場合(ステップS1006:Yes)、ステップS1007で内側のドアが開き、ステップS1008で、監視カメラ11で内側のドアを監視、検知した入館者と同行者を正規の入館者と判定して、ステップS1011に進む。
 ステップS1006でその人がロック解除操作を行わなかった場合(ステップS1006:No)、ステップS1009で内側のドアは閉じていて、ステップS1010で、内から外に出る人によりドアが開き、その時に侵入する場合に備えて監視を継続して、ステップS1011に進む。
If the person is not in the green area (step S1003: No), in step S1005, a surveillance camera 11 monitors a person outside the green area, measures the number of people and the staying time, and proceeds to step S1011.
When the person performs the unlock operation in step S1006 (step S1006: Yes), the inner door opens in step S1007, and the inside door is monitored and detected by the surveillance camera 11 in step S1008. Is determined to be a regular visitor, and the process proceeds to step S1011.
If the person did not perform the unlock operation in step S1006 (step S1006: No), the inner door was closed in step S1009, and in step S1010 the door was opened by a person going out from inside and intruding at that time. The monitoring is continued and the process proceeds to step S1011.
 ステップS1011で、監視カメラで内側のドアを監視して、ドアが閉まる直前に検知した入館者と同行者を友連れの可能性ありと判定する。
 ステップS1012で、友連れで入館した人がいる場合(ステップS1012:Yes)、ステップS1013で、友連れの可能性ありとして検知して、音声により一人ずつロック解除するように促して、その画像を記録して、ステップS1014に進む。
 ステップS1012で、友連れで入館した人がいいない場合(ステップS1012:No)、ステップS1014に進む。
In step S1011, the inner door is monitored by the surveillance camera, and it is determined that the visitor and the accompanying person detected immediately before the door is closed may be accompanied by a friend.
If there is a person who entered the museum with a friend in step S1012 (step S1012: Yes), in step S1013, it is detected that there is a possibility of a friend, and the image is urged to unlock one by one by voice. Record and proceed to step S1014.
If no person has entered the museum with a friend in step S1012 (step S1012: No), the process proceeds to step S1014.
 ステップS1014で、イエローベルトYに例えば10分以上滞在している人がいるかを判定する。
 イエローベルトYに滞在している人がいる場合(ステップS1014:Yes)、ステップS1015で、その人を不審者として画像を記録して、ステップS1016に進む。
 イエローベルトYに滞在している人がいない場合(ステップS1014:No)、ステップS1016に進む。
In step S1014, it is determined whether or not there is a person who has stayed in the yellow belt Y for, for example, 10 minutes or more.
If there is a person staying in the yellow belt Y (step S1014: Yes), in step S1015, an image is recorded with that person as a suspicious person, and the process proceeds to step S1016.
If no one is staying in the yellow belt Y (step S1014: No), the process proceeds to step S1016.
 ステップS1016で、複数回友連れ又は不審者として検知されたかを判定する。
 複数回友連れ又は不審者として検知された場合(ステップS1016:Yes)、ステップS1017で、その人を侵入者として関係者に画像を通知して本フローの処理を終了する。
 複数回友連れ又は不審者として検知されなかった場合(ステップS1016:No)、本フローの処理を終了する。
In step S1016, it is determined whether the piggybacking or suspicious person is detected multiple times.
When it is detected as a piggybacking or a suspicious person multiple times (step S1016: Yes), in step S1017, the person is regarded as an intruder and the related person is notified of the image, and the process of this flow is terminated.
If it is not detected as a piggybacking or a suspicious person multiple times (step S1016: No), the process of this flow ends.
 図29は、上記(6)来訪者等が退去したことを検知・登録解除する機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。
 ステップS1101で、入口前、エレベータ前の監視カメラ11から画像を取得する。
 ステップS1102で、AIアクセラレータ200による人のトラッキング機能を実行する。
 ステップS1103で、居住者か否かを判別する。
 居住者と判別した場合、ステップS1104で居住者であると判定し、ステップS1105で警備を行わないで本フローの処理を終了する。
 居住者でない場合、ステップS1106で来訪者であると判定し、ステップS1107で、来訪者が退出しようとしているか否かを判別する。
FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the operation of the function (6) of detecting / canceling registration that a visitor or the like has moved out.
In step S1101, images are acquired from the surveillance cameras 11 in front of the entrance and in front of the elevator.
In step S1102, the person tracking function by the AI accelerator 200 is executed.
In step S1103, it is determined whether or not the person is a resident.
If it is determined to be a resident, it is determined to be a resident in step S1104, and the process of this flow is terminated without performing security in step S1105.
If it is not a resident, it is determined in step S1106 that it is a visitor, and in step S1107 it is determined whether or not the visitor is about to leave.
 来訪者が退出しようとしている場合、ステップS1108で、来訪者が目的の場所から戻ってきたか否かを判別する。
 来訪者が目的の場所から戻ってきた場合、ステップS1109で、監視を解除し、さらに、ステップS1110で、建物に入ってきた時に行った登録を解除して本フローの処理を終了する。
If the visitor is about to leave, step S1108 determines whether the visitor has returned from the destination.
When the visitor returns from the target place, the monitoring is canceled in step S1109, and the registration made when the visitor enters the building is canceled in step S1110 to end the processing of this flow.
 上記ステップS1107で来訪者が退出しようとしていない場合、又は上記ステップS1108で来訪者が目的の場所から戻ってこない場合、ステップS1111で上述した「ディフェンス・ガイド機能」を実行する。
 ステップS1112で、来訪者の画像を居住者のスマートフォン50aに送信し、ステップS113でこの来訪者を不審者として登録者情報/不審者情報DB165に顔登録して本フローの処理を終了する。
If the visitor is not leaving in step S1107, or if the visitor does not return from the target location in step S1108, the "defense guide function" described above is executed in step S1111.
In step S1112, the image of the visitor is transmitted to the resident's smartphone 50a, and in step S113, the visitor is registered as a suspicious person in the registrant information / suspicious person information DB 165, and the process of this flow is completed.
 以上詳細に説明したように、本実施形態によれば、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000(図1参照)は、セキュリティ区域の入口において、人又は車両が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得すると共に、その映像を取得する行先取得部111と、セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両を映像によって識別する識別部112と、識別部112によって識別された人又は車両に対して、目的場所に案内する案内部113とを備える。 As described in detail above, according to the present embodiment, the digital smart guide security system 1000 (see FIG. 1) acquires information on the destination where a person or a vehicle goes at the entrance of the security area, and also obtains information about the destination. The destination acquisition unit 111 that acquires the image, the identification unit 112 that identifies the person or vehicle in the security area by the image, and the guidance unit that guides the person or vehicle identified by the identification unit 112 to the destination. It is provided with 113.
 この構成により、不審者などの不正な立ち入りを防止することができる。また、利用者は、案内を受けるための携帯電話の所持やシステム側に目的場所を送信する手間がなくなるので、利用者に負担をかけることなく目的場所へ誘導することができる。 With this configuration, it is possible to prevent unauthorized entry by suspicious persons. In addition, since the user does not have to carry a mobile phone to receive the guidance or send the destination to the system side, the user can be guided to the destination without imposing a burden on the user.
 例えば、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000が、住宅、マンション、オフィス、ホテルに適用される場合には、音声又は表示により人を目的の住戸(住宅、オフィスの場合)、客室、施設(ホテルの場合)まで案内する。住宅、マンション、オフィスの場合は、セキュリティ区域の入口において、人が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得しているので、来訪者等の目的場所は判明している。デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、例えば、該当来訪者に対し、「お訪ねの場所は、右手のエレベータに乗って5階で、左に曲がった突き当りの住戸です。」などと案内する。また、入口で登録した目的の住戸のある階以外や非常階段入口等の不正なエリアで来訪者を検知した場合、直ちに自動音声で正しいルートを伝えて、来訪者等が無許可の場所に立ち入ることを防ぐことができる。 For example, when the digital smart guide security system 1000 is applied to a house, condominium, office, or hotel, a dwelling unit (in the case of a house or office), a guest room, or a facility (in the case of a hotel) intended for a person by voice or display. In case). In the case of houses, condominiums, and offices, the destinations of visitors and the like are known because information on the destinations where people go is obtained at the entrance of the security area. The Digital Smart Guide Security System 1000, for example, informs the relevant visitor, "The place of visit is the 5th floor on the elevator on the right, and the dwelling unit at the end of the turn to the left." In addition, if a visitor is detected in an illegal area such as the entrance of an emergency staircase or on a floor other than the floor where the intended dwelling unit is registered at the entrance, the correct route will be immediately transmitted by automatic voice and the visitor will enter an unauthorized place. You can prevent that.
 より具体的には、来訪者がオートロック装置のテンキーを押し(住戸番号の入力)、オートロック装置のディスプレイに住戸番号が表示され、来訪者は表示されたディスプレイの番号を確認し、呼出しを行う(呼出ボタンを押す)。 More specifically, the visitor presses the numeric keypad of the auto-lock device (enters the house number), the house number is displayed on the display of the auto-lock device, and the visitor confirms the displayed display number and makes a call. Do (press the call button).
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、オートロック装置を操作するエリアのグリーンエリアGにディスプレイの番号と操作する来訪者の顔を撮影できる位置に認証カメラを設置しており、居住者によってオートロックが解除されると、該認証カメラ撮影した、入力された住戸番号と関連づけて来訪者の顔情報を記憶して、例えば12Fの306号室の来訪者は、エレベータを経由し12Fの306号へ案内するガイド機能が稼働し、仮に12Fでエレベータを降りて移動すれば、本システムは12Fの306号へガイド案内する。 The digital smart guide security system 1000 has an authentication camera installed in the green area G of the area where the auto-lock device is operated at a position where the display number and the face of the visitor who operates it can be photographed, and the auto-lock is performed by the resident. When is released, the face information of the visitor is stored in association with the entered dwelling unit number taken by the authentication camera, and for example, the visitor in room 306 on the 12th floor is guided to No. 306 on the 12th floor via the elevator. If the guide function is activated and you move off the elevator on the 12th floor, this system will guide you to No. 306 on the 12th floor.
 また、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、来訪者がオートロック装置に住戸番号を入力すると、グリーンエリアGに設置した認証カメラが来訪者の顔を撮影し、予め登録されている、正規来訪者か不審者かを判断する。また、ロック解除キーをかざすことによってその人が居住者であることを判断することもできる。 In addition, in the digital smart guide security system 1000, when a visitor inputs a house number into the auto-lock device, an authentication camera installed in the green area G photographs the visitor's face and is registered in advance as a regular visitor. Judge whether it is a person or a suspicious person. It is also possible to determine that the person is a resident by holding the unlock key over.
 仮に来訪者の同行者が12Fの306号の同一フロアである309号へ入室しようとすれば、自動的に同行者へ「306号室とは違います。」と予め設置された音声装置のスピーカが自動的に発音しセキュリティ機能が稼働する。 If a visitor's companion tries to enter the same floor of No. 306 on the 12th floor, No. 309, the companion will automatically be told "It is different from Room 306." It sounds automatically and the security function is activated.
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、オートロック装置のディスプレイに表示される番号を認証カメラが撮影し認識して、さらに認証カメラは来訪者の顔を撮影し入力して、来訪者を認識した番号の目的場所に正確に案内し、なおかつ、友連れ等の不審者が不正に入館し、又は、立ち入り禁止エリアに立ち入ることを防止する。 In the digital smart guide security system 1000, the authentication camera captures and recognizes the number displayed on the display of the auto-lock device, and the authentication camera photographs and inputs the visitor's face to recognize the visitor. Accurately guide you to the destination of the number and prevent suspicious persons such as piggybackers from entering the museum illegally or entering the restricted area.
 また、セキュリティ区域の内部においても、ある区域から別の区域へのゲートにおいて、人又は車両が行く目的場所を取得することができるので、目的場所を取得するのは入口に限られず、セキュリティ区域の内部であってもよい。 Also, even inside the security area, at the gate from one area to another, the destination where a person or vehicle goes can be obtained, so the destination is not limited to the entrance, but the security area. It may be internal.
 前記案内手段は、前記行先取得手段が人が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得した時刻からの、前記行先取得手段の位置とエレベータの位置の間の距離及び人の歩く速さに応じた時間に合せて前記エレベータを入口フロアに呼び出すことで、他のエレベータ利用者に迷惑をかけずに、効率よく作業性の高い案内をすることができる。 The guidance means is adjusted to the distance between the position of the destination acquisition means and the position of the elevator and the time corresponding to the walking speed of the person from the time when the destination acquisition means acquires the information about the destination where the person goes. By calling the elevator to the entrance floor, it is possible to provide efficient and highly workable guidance without causing trouble to other elevator users.
 行先取得手段111が、映像における人の顔情報と、人が属する区画の区画識別情報と関連づけて蓄積されている顔情報との照合に応じて目的場所を取得するものであることで、精度の高い顔認識の認識に基づいて、目的場所を取得することができる。この顔情報は、顔情報及び/又は身体特徴情報であってもよい。 The destination acquisition means 111 acquires the destination location according to the collation between the face information of the person in the video and the face information accumulated in association with the section identification information of the section to which the person belongs. The destination can be obtained based on the recognition of high face recognition. This face information may be face information and / or body feature information.
 行先取得部111が、オートロックの解錠に応じて目的場所を取得するものであることで、目的場所の取得を自動化することができ、迅速な処理(不正な立ち入り防止及び目的場所誘導)を行うことができる。特に多数の人が同時に出入りするオフィス等は、複数台のオートロック装置に対応できる。例えば、1台~n台。 Since the destination acquisition unit 111 acquires the destination location in response to the unlocking of the auto lock, the acquisition of the destination location can be automated, and rapid processing (prevention of unauthorized entry and guidance of the destination location) can be performed. It can be carried out. Especially in offices where many people come and go at the same time, it is possible to support multiple auto-lock devices. For example, 1 to n units.
 前記行先取得手段は、オートロック装置のディスプレイを撮影することによって目的場所を取得するものであることで、既存のオートロック装置に後付けでシステムを構築することができる。 The destination acquisition means acquires the destination location by photographing the display of the auto-lock device, so that a system can be retrofitted to the existing auto-lock device.
 解錠が、住戸からであることで、来訪者を選択して目的場所へ誘導することができる。 Since the unlocking is from the dwelling unit, it is possible to select the visitor and guide him to the destination.
 解錠が、玄関又は敷地入口におけるものであることで、望まない来訪者を玄関先又は敷地入口で断ることができ、また正規な来訪者は目的場所へ順次誘導することができる。 By unlocking at the entrance or the entrance of the site, unwanted visitors can be refused at the entrance or the entrance of the site, and regular visitors can be guided to the destination in sequence.
 案内が、立ち入り禁止エリアであることを告げる警報であることで、不審者(侵入者)を有効に撃退することができる。 The guidance is an alarm that tells you that the area is off limits, so you can effectively repel suspicious persons (intruders).
 識別部112は、セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両の映像を撮影するカメラによって火災又はその兆候を認識し、案内部113は、識別部112の認識結果をもとに火災警報することで、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ動作を実行している間は、いつでも、火災警報も併せて行われるので、火災に関しての警報が多重化され、住居者や来訪者の安全をより高めることができる。また、新たな部材を追加することがないので、低コストで実施することができる。 The identification unit 112 recognizes a fire or a sign thereof by a camera that captures an image of a person or a vehicle in the security area, and the guide unit 113 digitally gives a fire warning based on the recognition result of the identification unit 112. -While the smart guide security operation is being executed, a fire alarm is also issued at any time, so fire alarms can be multiplexed and the safety of residents and visitors can be further improved. Moreover, since no new member is added, it can be carried out at low cost.
 本発明は、セキュリティ度の高い、情報処理センター、金庫室、研究所、及び養老院等に適用できる。また、登録した特定の人物の顔認証をするので、該特定の人物が関係者であれば、ロック解除の支援ができるし、該特定の人物が不審者であれば、不審者が建物等に入ることを防止することができる。 The present invention can be applied to an information processing center, a vault, a research institute, an elderly housing with a high degree of security, and the like. In addition, since the face recognition of the registered specific person is performed, if the specific person is a related person, it is possible to support unlocking, and if the specific person is a suspicious person, the suspicious person is in a building or the like. It can be prevented from entering.
(第2実施形態)
 図30は、本発明の第2実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ動作を説明する図である。図30は、セキュリティ区域の駐車場60を示す図である。第1実施形態は、駐車場60に適用した例である。駐車場は、図8に示す超高層ビルのパブリックエリアの駐車場(B1F~B3F)にも同様に適用できる。
 第2実施形態に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000の構成は、図1及び図2と同様であるため説明を省略する。ただし、図2に示す制御部110の行先取得部111は、駐車場60(セキュリティ区域)の入口において、車両(車両全般、オートバイや自転車を含む)が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得すると共に、その映像を取得する。ここでは、駐車場60の空き状況から、進入する車両の行先(目的場所)を取得する。
(Second Embodiment)
FIG. 30 is a diagram illustrating a digital smart guide security operation of the digital smart guide security system 1000 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a parking lot 60 in a security area. The first embodiment is an example applied to the parking lot 60. The parking lot can be similarly applied to the parking lots (B1F to B3F) in the public area of the skyscraper shown in FIG.
Since the configuration of the digital smart guide security system 1000 according to the second embodiment is the same as that in FIGS. 1 and 2, the description thereof will be omitted. However, the destination acquisition unit 111 of the control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 acquires information on the destination where the vehicle (general vehicle, including motorcycles and bicycles) goes at the entrance of the parking lot 60 (security area), and obtains information on the destination. Get the video. Here, the destination (destination location) of the approaching vehicle is acquired from the availability of the parking lot 60.
 図30に示すように、駐車場60には、監視カメラ11、スピーカ等の音響システム155、料金精算機61、フラップ板(ロック装置)62、が設置される。監視カメラ11は、監視装置100(図1参照)に接続されている。図30の例では、駐車場60は、番号1~17の駐車スペースを有し、番号9の駐車スペースは、月極であり、番号1~8,10~14には、車両が停車している。この駐車場60に、車両Mが左折で進入しようとしている。
 図2に示す制御部110は、駐車場の入口(セキュリティ区域内)に設置された監視カメラ11によって撮影された画像から、車両Mを検出する。
As shown in FIG. 30, a surveillance camera 11, a sound system 155 such as a speaker, a charge settlement machine 61, and a flap plate (locking device) 62 are installed in the parking lot 60. The surveillance camera 11 is connected to the surveillance device 100 (see FIG. 1). In the example of FIG. 30, the parking lot 60 has the parking spaces of the numbers 1 to 17, the parking space of the number 9 is monthly, and the vehicles are stopped at the numbers 1 to 8, 10 to 14. .. Vehicle M is about to enter the parking lot 60 by turning left.
The control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 detects the vehicle M from the image taken by the surveillance camera 11 installed at the entrance (inside the security area) of the parking lot.
 図2に示す制御部110の行先取得部111は、駐車場の空き状況から、進入する車両の行先を取得する。進入した車両は、駐車場60の空きスペース(図30では、番号15~17の駐車スペース)を行先として取得する。
 図2に示す制御部110の識別部112は、監視カメラ11が撮影した映像によって、駐車場60に進入する車両Mを識別する。ナンバープレートの車両番号を識別することが望ましい。
 図2に示す制御部110の案内部113は、進入した車両Mを、取得した行先の駐車スペース(目的場所)に順次案内する。案内は、スピーカ等の音響システム155による音声アナウンス、またガイド用モニタ156(図2参照)による表示である。
The destination acquisition unit 111 of the control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 acquires the destination of the approaching vehicle from the availability of the parking lot. The vehicle that has entered acquires an empty space in the parking lot 60 (parking space numbers 15 to 17 in FIG. 30) as a destination.
The identification unit 112 of the control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 identifies the vehicle M entering the parking lot 60 based on the image taken by the surveillance camera 11. It is desirable to identify the vehicle number on the license plate.
The guide unit 113 of the control unit 110 shown in FIG. 2 sequentially guides the approaching vehicle M to the acquired parking space (destination place) of the destination. The guidance is a voice announcement by an acoustic system 155 such as a speaker, and a display by a guide monitor 156 (see FIG. 2).
 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000が、図30に示す駐車場60のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティに適用される場合には、制御部110(図2参照)は、駐車場60に進入する車両Mに対して、スピーカ等の音響システム155の通知により、「右折して進み、その後、左折して進んだ右手側の番号15から17に空きがあります。」を通知する。これによって駐車場内の空きスペースを探し回る必要がなくなる。 When the digital smart guide security system 1000 is applied to the digital smart guide security of the parking lot 60 shown in FIG. 30, the control unit 110 (see FIG. 2) is a vehicle M entering the parking lot 60. In response to the notification of the sound system 155 such as a speaker, "there is a vacancy in the numbers 15 to 17 on the right hand side after turning right and proceeding, then turning left." This eliminates the need to search for empty spaces in the parking lot.
[変形例]
 本発明は、オフィス、研究所、情報処理センター、金融関係又は工場等に適用できる。また、エアーターミナル、旅客機、超高速鉄道、客船、ホテル又はエレベータ等にも適用できる。
 図31は、エントランスでの行先検知及び登録機能を説明する図である。来訪者Aさん又は利用者Aさんは、所持する非接触型ICカード、磁気カード若しくはQRコード等又はこれらを搭載したスマートフォン等を入退出管理ゲートでスキャンし入退出し、システムは、その際の信号を入力する。
 入退出管理ゲートの周囲に例えば半径2~3mのグリーンエリアGを設定し、グリーンエリアGに入った人を監視カメラで監視する。
[Modification example]
The present invention can be applied to offices, laboratories, information processing centers, financial relations, factories, and the like. It can also be applied to air terminals, passenger planes, ultra-high-speed railways, passenger ships, hotels, elevators, and the like.
FIG. 31 is a diagram illustrating a destination detection and registration function at the entrance. Visitor A or user A scans the contactless IC card, magnetic card, QR code, etc. or smartphones equipped with these at the entry / exit management gate to enter / exit, and the system at that time Input the signal.
For example, a green area G having a radius of 2 to 3 m is set around the entrance / exit control gate, and a person who has entered the green area G is monitored by a surveillance camera.
 入退出管理ゲートを入退出する来訪者又は利用者がICチップ等をスキャン操作すると、該システムは登録されているICチップ等と照合し、適合していれば、適合の信号を発し、ゲートは開き、該グリーンエリアGに設置された監視カメラがゲート通行者の顔及び身体等を撮影し画像を記憶する。 When a visitor or user who enters or exits the entrance / exit control gate scans an IC chip, etc., the system collates with the registered IC chip, etc., and if it conforms, a conforming signal is emitted, and the gate emits a conforming signal. When opened, a surveillance camera installed in the green area G photographs the face and body of a gate passerby and stores the image.
 例えば来訪者の行先(目的場所)が38階の30号の情報処理センターであれば、該システムは、該当超高層階の38階を停止階としてエレベータに送信し、38階のエレベータ乗降周辺及び廊下に設置された監視カメラで撮影された画像とゲートで撮影し記憶されている該当者の画像とを照合し、該来訪者と判断すれば、設置されたモニターテレビ及びタブレット等によって38階30号室への移動ルートに沿って、該来訪者を案内する。 For example, if the destination (destination) of the visitor is the information processing center No. 30 on the 38th floor, the system sends the information to the elevator with the 38th floor of the corresponding super high floor as the stop floor, and the area around the elevator on the 38th floor and around the elevator. The image taken by the surveillance camera installed in the corridor is compared with the image of the person in question captured and stored at the gate, and if it is determined that the visitor is the visitor, the monitor TV and tablet installed on the 38th floor 30 Guide the visitor along the route to Room No.
 該来訪者が間違って他の停止階の36階で降りると、該システムは、来訪者が目的外の階に降りたことを判断し、設置されたモニターテレビ及びタブレット等は、該当階は36階であること、及び38階30号室のへ移動ルートを、該来訪者に案内し、さらに、警備員のPC、タブレット又はスマートフォンに画像を送信し、警備員は、リアルタイムに間違い移動している来訪者を確認することができて、セクリュテイの精度を高めることができる。 If the visitor mistakenly descends on the 36th floor of another stop floor, the system determines that the visitor has descended to an unintended floor, and the installed monitor TV, tablet, etc., is 36 on the relevant floor. Guiding the visitor on the floor and the route to room 30 on the 38th floor, and sending an image to the guard's PC, tablet or smartphone, the guard is moving incorrectly in real time. Visitors can be confirmed and the accuracy of security can be improved.
 図32は、エレベータ周辺での行先案内機能を説明する図である。例えば、エレベータエリアを半径3~6mに設定し、エレベータエリアを撮影する位置であるエレベータ前に監視カメラを設置し、来訪者がエレベータエリアに移動すれば、来訪者が、エレベータエリアに移動してきたことを判断し、行先階である38階をエレベータの停止階とする制御をする。これにより、来訪者が不正な目的で異なる階に行くことが防止される。また、入口とエレベータエリアの間の距離に応じて、その間の移動に要する時間に合わせて、エレベータを入口フロア(多くは1F)に呼び出すことによって、他のエレベータ利用者に迷惑をかけずに、効率よく作業性の高い案内をすることができる。その移動に要する時間は、速く歩く人に合せるとよい。利用者であれば、同じ行先の利用者が予め分かっている場合(オフィスの従業員など)、その行先の利用者の中で速く歩く人に合せるとよい。入退出管理ゲートにおいて利用者のICチップ等によって個人を特定できる場合、その利用者の歩く速さに合せるとよい。 FIG. 32 is a diagram illustrating a destination guidance function around the elevator. For example, if the elevator area is set to a radius of 3 to 6 m, a surveillance camera is installed in front of the elevator where the elevator area is photographed, and the visitor moves to the elevator area, the visitor has moved to the elevator area. Judging that, the 38th floor, which is the destination floor, is controlled to be the stop floor of the elevator. This prevents visitors from going to different floors for improper purposes. In addition, by calling the elevator to the entrance floor (mostly on the 1st floor) according to the distance between the entrance and the elevator area and the time required to move between them, it does not bother other elevator users. It is possible to provide efficient and highly workable guidance. The time required for the movement should be adjusted to those who walk fast. If you are a user, if you know the users of the same destination in advance (such as office employees), you should match the users of that destination who walk fast. When an individual can be identified by a user's IC chip or the like at the entrance / exit management gate, it is preferable to match the walking speed of the user.
 また、例えば重要フロアの30階~36階をZゾーンとして設置して、許可されていない関係者が非常階段等を利用して該エリアに侵入すれば、エレベータ乗降周辺及び廊下に設置されている監視カメラが該関係者を撮影した画像と、予め許可された人物の画像を記憶しているDB内の画像とを、該システムは照合し、該関係者が許可外の階数に移動してきたことを判断し、設置されているモニターテレビ及びタブレット等に該当階は重要階Zゾーンであり早急に退去すること、及び、移動ルートを、該来訪者に案内し、さらに、警備員のPC、タブレット又はスマートフォンに画像を送信して記憶することによって、警備員は、リアルタイムに間違い移動している関係者を確認することができ、さらに、システムは、重要施設内に移動した人物を記憶することができる。 In addition, for example, the 30th to 36th floors of important floors are set as Z zones, and if an unauthorized person invades the area using an emergency staircase or the like, they are installed around the elevator boarding / alighting area and in the corridor. The system collates the image taken by the surveillance camera with the image in the DB that stores the image of the person permitted in advance, and the person concerned has moved to a floor number other than the permission. The floor corresponding to the monitor TV and tablet installed is the important floor Z zone, so you should move out immediately, guide the visitor to the movement route, and further, the guard's PC, tablet, etc. Alternatively, by sending an image to a smartphone and storing it, the guard can confirm the person who has moved incorrectly in real time, and the system can remember the person who moved into the important facility. it can.
 図33は、国際線ターミナルへの適用例を示す図である。
 エアーターミナル、旅客機、超高速鉄道、客船、ホテル又はエレベータ等のチエックインカウンター、保安検査場、税関ゲート、出国審査場又は搭乗ゲート等の入出管理ゲート装置において、利用者が所持している搭乗チケットのQRコード等をスキャンすることによって、利用者と、予約座席、室名、時間、便名、行先又は乗降の有無等をサーバの予約内容と照合して確認できると、利用者はゲートを通り、該システムは予約座席等の信号を入力して記憶する。例えばホテルであれば宿泊客がチエックインすると客室番号を入力して記憶する。
FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example of application to an international terminal.
Boarding tickets possessed by users at check-in counters such as air terminals, passenger planes, ultra-high-speed railways, passenger ships, hotels or elevators, security checkpoints, customs gates, immigration checkpoints or boarding gates. By scanning the QR code, etc., the user can check the reserved seat, room name, time, flight name, destination, boarding / alighting, etc. with the reservation details of the server, and the user will pass through the gate. , The system inputs and stores signals such as reserved seats. For example, in the case of a hotel, when a guest checks in, the guest room number is entered and memorized.
 入出管理ゲートの周囲に例えば半径2~3mのグリーンエリアGを設定し、グリーンエリアGに入った利用者を監視カメラで監視する。
 入出管理ゲートを入出する利用者が搭乗チケットのQRコード等をスキャン操作すると、該システムは登録されているQRコード等と照合し、適合していれば、適合の信号を発し、ゲートは開き、該グリーンエリアGに設置された監視カメラがゲート通行者の顔及び身体等を撮影し画像を記憶する。
For example, a green area G having a radius of 2 to 3 m is set around the entrance / exit control gate, and users who have entered the green area G are monitored by a surveillance camera.
When a user entering or exiting the entry / exit control gate scans the QR code of the boarding ticket, the system collates with the registered QR code, etc., and if it matches, issues a conforming signal, the gate opens, and the gate opens. A surveillance camera installed in the green area G photographs the face and body of a gate passerby and stores the image.
 例えば、利用者の行先(目的場所)がA社の12:30分発札幌行きのA111便で北ウイングの搭乗ゲート30であれば、該システムは、廊下に設置された監視カメラで撮影された画像とゲートで撮影し記憶されている該当者の画像とを照合し、該利用者と判断すれば、設置されたモニターテレビ及びタブレット等によって搭乗ゲート30への移動ルートに沿って、該利用者を案内する。該システムは、例えば、「そのまま進んでください。進んだ先の角で、札幌行きの方は左に曲がってください。」などと案内する。 For example, if the user's destination (destination) is Company A's flight A111 bound for Sapporo at 12:30 and the boarding gate 30 in the north wing, the system was photographed by a surveillance camera installed in the corridor. If the image is compared with the image of the relevant person taken and stored at the gate and the user is determined to be the user, the user is determined to be the user along the movement route to the boarding gate 30 by the installed monitor TV, tablet, or the like. To guide you. The system will guide you, for example, "Please proceed as it is. At the corner of the destination, if you are going to Sapporo, please turn left."
 該利用者が間違って他のB社の12:50分発鹿児島行きのB222便で北ウイングの搭乗ゲート20に行こうとすれば、該システムは、間違った方向に行こうとしていることを判断し、設置されたモニターテレビ及びタブレット等は、その位置から搭乗ゲート30への移動ルートを、利用者に案内する。 If the user mistakenly tries to go to boarding gate 20 in the North Wing on B222 flight from another company B at 12:50 to Kagoshima, the system determines that he is going in the wrong direction. However, the installed monitor TV, tablet, etc. guide the user of the movement route from that position to the boarding gate 30.
 超高速鉄道、客船又は旅客機の場合は、搭乗ゲートで搭乗チケットのQRコード等をスキャン操作すると、該システムは登録されているQRコード等と照合し、適合していれば、適合の信号を発し、利用者はゲートを通り、搭乗ゲートの周囲の例えば半径2~3mのグリーンエリアGに設置された監視カメラが利用者の顔及び身体等を撮影し、画像を記憶する。さらに、該システムは、該画像と関連づけて利用者の行先である、例えば便名、時間、方向、階数、部屋ナンバー、号車ナンバー、座席名等を入力して、記憶する。 In the case of ultra-high-speed rail, passenger ships or passenger planes, when the QR code of the boarding ticket is scanned at the boarding gate, the system collates with the registered QR code, and if it is compatible, it issues a conforming signal. The user passes through the gate, and a surveillance camera installed in, for example, a green area G having a radius of 2 to 3 m around the boarding gate photographs the user's face and body, and stores the image. Further, the system inputs and stores a user's destination, such as a flight number, time, direction, number of floors, room number, car number, seat name, etc., in association with the image.
 そして、該システムは、エレベータ乗降口、通路等に設置された監視カメラで撮影された画像と、ゲートで撮影し記憶されている該利用者の画像とを照合し、該利用者と判断すれば、設置されたモニターテレビ及びタブレット等によって目的の座席への移動ルートに沿って、利用者を案内する。 Then, the system collates the image taken by the surveillance camera installed at the elevator entrance / exit, the passage, etc. with the image of the user photographed and stored at the gate, and determines that the user is the user. , Guide the user along the movement route to the target seat by the installed monitor TV and tablet.
 利用者が違う階数、部屋ナンバー、座席等を利用しようとすれば、該システムは、利用者が間違った座席に行こうとしていることを判断し、設置されたモニターテレビ及びタブレット等は、その位置から目的の座席への移動ルートを、利用者に案内する。
 それでも利用者が、案内された移動ルートに進まなければ、関係者のPC、タブレット又はスマートフォンに画像を送信し、関係者は、放送設備で案内し、又は、現地へ急行することができる。
If the user tries to use a different floor number, room number, seat, etc., the system will determine that the user is going to the wrong seat, and the installed monitor TV, tablet, etc. will be in that position. Guide the user on the route from to the desired seat.
If the user still does not follow the guided travel route, the image can be transmitted to the PC, tablet or smartphone of the person concerned, and the person concerned can be guided by the broadcasting equipment or rush to the site.
 図34は、入退出管理ゲート監視による行先検知・登録機能の動作を示すフローチャートである。図34のフローに示すように、来訪者の目的の場所は38階の30号室であるとする(ステップV21)。また、利用者の目的の場所は北ウイングのN30であり、目的の便はA航空会社の12:30分発のA111便であるとする(ステップV22)。 FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing the operation of the destination detection / registration function by the entry / exit management gate monitoring. As shown in the flow of FIG. 34, it is assumed that the destination of the visitor is Room 30 on the 38th floor (step V21). Further, it is assumed that the destination of the user is N30 in the north wing, and the target flight is A111 flight departing from A airline company at 12:30 (step V22).
 入退出管理ゲートは、非接触型ICカード、磁気カード若しくはQRコード等又はこれらを搭載したスマートフォン等を非接触型リーダー等で読み取る(ステップF21)。
 システムが来訪者又は利用者を中に入れることを許可するか否かを判断したことを受けて(ステップF22)、来訪者又は利用者を中に入れる場合、ゲートをオープンし(ステップF23)、来訪者又は利用者を中に入れない場合、ゲートをクローズする(ステップF24)。
The entry / exit control gate reads a contactless IC card, a magnetic card, a QR code, etc., or a smartphone or the like equipped with these with a contactless reader or the like (step F21).
Following the decision by the system to allow the visitor or user to enter (step F22), if the visitor or user is allowed to enter, the gate is opened (step F23). If no visitors or users are allowed inside, the gate is closed (step F24).
 このような状況において、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000は、下記の入退出管理ゲート監視による行先検知・登録機能を実行する。
 ステップS1201で、入退出管理ゲートのデータ信号線を監視する。
 ステップS1202で、ゲートから来訪者のユーザID等を取得する。
 ステップS1203で、DBを検索し、ユーザIDから目的のフロア・部屋番号等を取得する。
 また、S1202と並行して、ステップS1204で、ゲートから利用者のチケットNo等を取得する。
 ステップS1205で、DBを検索し、利用者のチケットNoから航空機の目的の搭乗ゲート等を取得する。
 ステップS1206で、入口前の監視カメラから来訪者又は利用者の画像を取得する。
 ステップS1207で、取得した画像から来訪者又は利用者の顔及び身体特徴を抽出する。
 ステップS1208で、ゲートの開閉状態の情報を取得する。
 ステップS1209で、ゲートはオープン状態か否かを判別する。
 ゲートがオープン状態である場合(ステップS1209:Yes)、ステップS1210で、監視カメラの画像から抽出した来訪者の顔及び身体特徴と来訪者又は利用者の行先(部屋番号等)を関連付けてトラッキング用DB166に登録して本フローの処理を終了する。ゲートがオープン状態でない場合(ステップS1209:No)、そのまま本フローの処理を終了する。ステップS1210で登録された顔及び身体特徴と行先に基づいて来訪者又は利用者を行先に案内する。
In such a situation, the digital smart guide security system 1000 executes the destination detection / registration function by the following entry / exit management gate monitoring.
In step S1201, the data signal line of the entry / exit control gate is monitored.
In step S1202, the visitor's user ID and the like are acquired from the gate.
In step S1203, the DB is searched and the target floor / room number and the like are acquired from the user ID.
Further, in parallel with S1202, in step S1204, the user's ticket No. and the like are acquired from the gate.
In step S1205, the DB is searched and the target boarding gate of the aircraft is acquired from the ticket number of the user.
In step S1206, an image of a visitor or a user is acquired from a surveillance camera in front of the entrance.
In step S1207, the face and physical features of the visitor or user are extracted from the acquired image.
In step S1208, information on the open / closed state of the gate is acquired.
In step S1209, it is determined whether the gate is in the open state.
When the gate is open (step S1209: Yes), in step S1210, the face and physical characteristics of the visitor extracted from the image of the surveillance camera are associated with the destination (room number, etc.) of the visitor or the user for tracking. Register in DB166 and end the processing of this flow. If the gate is not in the open state (step S1209: No), the processing of this flow ends as it is. The visitor or user is guided to the destination based on the face and physical characteristics and the destination registered in step S1210.
 以上の説明は本発明の好適な実施形態の例証であり、本発明の範囲はこれに限定されることはない。
 例えば、デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム1000の各機能は、それぞれ単独で実行してもよいし、組み合わせて実行してもよい。
The above description is an example of a preferred embodiment of the present invention, and the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto.
For example, each function of the digital smart guide security system 1000 may be executed independently or in combination.
 また、上記各実施形態ではデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム及び方法という名称を用いたが、これは説明の便宜上であり、デジタル・スマート・ディフェンス・ガイド・セキュリティシステム、ガイド・セキュリティ方法等であってもよい。 Further, in each of the above embodiments, the names of digital smart guide security system and method are used, but this is for convenience of explanation, and includes digital smart defense guide security system, guide security method, and the like. May be good.
 また、本発明のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム及び方法は、コンピュータを本デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム又は方法として機能させるためのプログラムでも実現される。このプログラムは、コンピュータで読み取り可能な記録媒体に格納されていてもよい。 The digital smart guide security system and method of the present invention are also realized by a program for making a computer function as the digital smart guide security system or method of the present invention. The program may be stored on a computer-readable recording medium.
 このプログラムを記録した記録媒体は、本デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステムのROMそのものであってもよいし、また、外部記憶装置としてCD-ROMドライブ等のプログラム読取装置が設けられ、そこに記録媒体を挿入することで読み取り可能なCD-ROM等であってもよい。 The recording medium on which this program is recorded may be the ROM itself of the digital smart guide security system, or a program reading device such as a CD-ROM drive is provided as an external storage device, and the recording medium is provided therein. It may be a CD-ROM or the like that can be read by inserting.
 また、上記の各構成、機能、処理部、処理手段等は、それらの一部又は全部を、例えば集積回路で設計する等によりハードウェアで実現してもよい。また、上記の各構成、機能等は、プロセッサがそれぞれの機能を実現するプログラムを解釈し、実行するためのソフトウェアで実現してもよい。各機能を実現するプログラム、テーブル、ファイル等の情報は、メモリや、ハードディスク、SSD(Solid State Drive)等の記録装置、又は、IC(Integrated Circuit)カード、SD(Secure Digital)カード、光ディスク等の記録媒体に保持することができる。 Further, each of the above configurations, functions, processing units, processing means, etc. may be realized by hardware by designing a part or all of them by, for example, an integrated circuit. In addition, each of the above configurations, functions, and the like may be realized by software for the processor to interpret and execute a program that realizes each function. Information such as programs, tables, and files that realize each function can be stored in memory, hard disks, recording devices such as SSDs (Solid State Drives), IC (Integrated Circuit) cards, SD (Secure Digital) cards, optical disks, etc. It can be held on a recording medium.
 本発明は、大容量メモリ、5G(第5世代移動通信システム)、4K8K放送規格、赤外線カメラ、PTZカメラ、レーザ、レーダ、赤外線センサ、人感センサ、BLEビーコン、QRコードリーダ、IoT(Internet of Things)デバイス、Wi-Fi機器、GPS受信機、タブレット、ドローン、ヘリコプター、及び人工衛星などの最新の技術を有効に利用して実現できる。 The present invention relates to a large capacity memory, 5G (5th generation mobile communication system), 4K8K broadcasting standard, infrared camera, PTZ camera, laser, radar, infrared sensor, motion sensor, BLE beacon, QR code reader, IoT (Internet of). Things) It can be realized by effectively using the latest technologies such as devices, Wi-Fi devices, GPS receivers, tablets, drones, helicopters, and artificial satellites.
 本明細書で引用したすべての刊行物、特許及び特許出願は、そのまま参考として、ここにとり入れるものとする。 All publications, patents and patent applications cited herein are incorporated herein by reference only.
 本発明に係るデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム、方法及びプログラムは、住居、企業の事務所、工場、研究所、情報処理室、金銭集計室等の高度の管理を要する事業所等への設置が期待される。さらに、住宅、商業施設、事務所、病院、ホテル、金融機関、工場、研究所、発電所、エアーターミナル、集会場、競技場、美術館等の建物屋内外、交通機関の電車、フェリー、飛行機の車内等も対象である。 The digital smart guide security system, method and program according to the present invention can be installed in a residence, a corporate office, a factory, a research institute, an information processing room, a money collection room, or any other business establishment requiring a high degree of management. Be expected. In addition, residential, commercial facilities, offices, hospitals, hotels, financial institutions, factories, laboratories, power plants, air terminals, meeting places, stadiums, museums and other buildings indoors and outdoors, transportation trains, ferries, airplanes The inside of the car is also covered.
 11 監視カメラ(撮影手段)
 20 人感センサ
 30 Wi-Fi親機
 40 ビーコン親機
 50 携帯端末装置(ID端末)
 50a スマートフォン(携帯端末装置;ID端末)
 51 Wi-Fi子機
 52 ビーコン子機
 53 GPS
 60 駐車場(セキュリティ区域)
 100 監視装置
 110 制御部
 111 行先取得部(行先取得手段)
 112 識別部(認識手段)
 113 案内部(案内手段)
 114 ID端末検出部(ID端末検出手段)
 115 ID端末登録部(ID端末登録手段)
 116 通報部(通報手段)
 120 入力部
 130 記憶部
 140 表示部
 150 出力部
 155 音響システム(案内手段)
 156 ガイド用モニタ(案内手段)
 160 録画部
 165 登録者情報/不審者情報DB
 166 トラッキング用DB
 170 画像処理部
 180 インタフェース(I/F)部
 190 通信部
 200 AIアクセラレータ(認識手段)
 1000 デジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム
 Y,O,R セキュリティベルト
 M 車両
 
11 Surveillance camera (shooting means)
20 Motion sensor 30 Wi-Fi master unit 40 Beacon master unit 50 Mobile terminal device (ID terminal)
50a Smartphone (mobile terminal device; ID terminal)
51 Wi-Fi handset 52 Beacon handset 53 GPS
60 Parking lot (security area)
100 Monitoring device 110 Control unit 111 Destination acquisition unit (destination acquisition means)
112 Identification unit (recognition means)
113 Information section (guidance means)
114 ID terminal detection unit (ID terminal detection means)
115 ID terminal registration unit (ID terminal registration means)
116 Reporting section (reporting means)
120 Input unit 130 Storage unit 140 Display unit 150 Output unit 155 Sound system (guidance means)
156 Guide monitor (guidance means)
160 Recording unit 165 Registrant information / Suspicious person information DB
166 Tracking DB
170 Image processing unit 180 Interface (I / F) unit 190 Communication unit 200 AI accelerator (recognition means)
1000 Digital Smart Guide Security System Y, O, R Security Belt M Vehicle

Claims (11)

  1.  セキュリティ区域の入口又は内部において、人又は車両が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得すると共に、その人又は車両の映像を取得する行先取得手段と、
     セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両を映像によって識別する識別手段と、
     前記識別手段によって識別された人又は車両に対して、前記目的場所に案内する案内手段と
    を備えることを特徴とするデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム。
    At the entrance or inside of the security area, a destination acquisition means for acquiring information on the destination where the person or vehicle goes and an image of the person or vehicle, and
    Identification means to identify people or vehicles in the security area by video,
    A digital smart guide security system including a guide means for guiding a person or a vehicle identified by the identification means to the destination.
  2.  前記案内手段は、前記行先取得手段が人が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得した時刻からの、前記行先取得手段の位置とエレベータの位置の間の距離及び人の歩く速さに応じた時間に合せて前記エレベータを入口フロアに呼び出すことを特徴とする請求書1記載のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム。 The guidance means is adjusted to the distance between the position of the destination acquisition means and the position of the elevator and the time corresponding to the walking speed of the person from the time when the destination acquisition means acquires the information about the destination where the person goes. The digital smart guide security system according to invoice 1, wherein the elevator is called to the entrance floor.
  3.  前記行先取得手段は、前記映像における人の顔情報及び/又は身体特徴情報と人が属する区画の区画識別情報と関連づけて蓄積されている顔情報及び/又は身体特徴情報との照合に応じて目的場所を取得するものであることを特徴とする請求項1記載のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム。 The purpose of the destination acquisition means is to collate the human face information and / or body feature information in the video with the face information and / or body feature information accumulated in association with the section identification information of the section to which the person belongs. The digital smart guide security system according to claim 1, wherein the location is acquired.
  4.  前記行先取得手段は、オートロックの解錠に応じて目的場所を取得するものであることを特徴とする請求項1記載のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム。 The digital smart guide security system according to claim 1, wherein the destination acquisition means acquires a destination location in response to unlocking of an auto lock.
  5.  前記行先取得手段は、オートロック装置のディスプレイを撮影することによって目的場所を取得するものであることを特徴とする請求項1記載のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム。 The digital smart guide security system according to claim 1, wherein the destination acquisition means acquires a destination location by photographing the display of the auto-lock device.
  6.  前記解錠は、住戸からのものであることを特徴とする請求項3記載のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム。 The digital smart guide security system according to claim 3, wherein the unlocking is from a dwelling unit.
  7.  前記解錠は、玄関又は敷地入口におけるものであることを特徴とする請求項3記載のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム。 The digital smart guide security system according to claim 3, wherein the unlocking is performed at the entrance or the entrance of the site.
  8.  前記案内は、立ち入り禁止エリアであることを告げる警報であることを特徴とする請求項1記載のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム。 The digital smart guide security system according to claim 1, wherein the guidance is an alarm indicating that the area is off limits.
  9.  前記識別手段は、前記セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両の映像を撮影するカメラによって火災又はその兆候を認識し、
     前記案内手段は、前記識別手段の認識結果をもとに火災警報することを特徴とする請求項1記載のデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム。
    The identification means recognizes a fire or a sign thereof by a camera that captures an image of a person or a vehicle in the security area.
    The digital smart guide security system according to claim 1, wherein the guidance means gives a fire alarm based on the recognition result of the identification means.
  10.  セキュリティ区域の入口又は内部において、人又は車両が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得すると共に、その人又は車両の映像を取得する行先取得ステップと、
     セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両を映像によって識別する識別ステップと、
     前記識別ステップによって識別された人又は車両に対して、前記目的場所に案内する案内ステップと
    を備えることを特徴とするデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティ方法。
    At the entrance or inside of the security area, the destination acquisition step of acquiring information about the destination where the person or vehicle goes and acquiring the image of the person or vehicle,
    An identification step that identifies a person or vehicle in the security area by video,
    A digital smart guide security method comprising a guide step for guiding a person or a vehicle identified by the identification step to the destination.
  11.  コンピュータを、
     セキュリティ区域の入口又は内部において、人又は車両が行く目的場所に関する情報を取得すると共に、その人又は車両の映像を取得する行先取得手段と、セキュリティ区域内にいる人又は車両を映像によって識別する識別手段と、前記識別手段によって識別された人又は車両に対して、前記目的場所に案内する案内手段とを備えることを特徴とするデジタル・スマートガイド・セキュリティシステム
    として機能させるためのプログラム。
    Computer,
    At the entrance or inside of the security area, information on the destination where the person or vehicle goes is acquired, and the destination acquisition means for acquiring the image of the person or vehicle and the identification of the person or vehicle in the security area by the image. A program for allowing a person or a vehicle identified by the identification means to function as a digital smart guide security system including means for guiding the person or vehicle to the destination.
PCT/JP2019/032278 2019-08-14 2019-08-19 Digital smart guide security system, method, and program WO2021029086A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020500762A JPWO2021029086A1 (en) 2019-08-14 2019-08-19 Digital smart guide security systems, methods and programs

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2019/031942 WO2021029035A1 (en) 2019-08-14 2019-08-14 Digital smart guide security system, method, and program
JPPCT/JP2019/031942 2019-08-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021029086A1 true WO2021029086A1 (en) 2021-02-18

Family

ID=74569554

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/031942 WO2021029035A1 (en) 2019-08-14 2019-08-14 Digital smart guide security system, method, and program
PCT/JP2019/032278 WO2021029086A1 (en) 2019-08-14 2019-08-19 Digital smart guide security system, method, and program

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/031942 WO2021029035A1 (en) 2019-08-14 2019-08-14 Digital smart guide security system, method, and program

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2021029086A1 (en)
WO (2) WO2021029035A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7501768B1 (en) 2023-10-17 2024-06-18 三菱電機ビルソリューションズ株式会社 Entrance/Exit Management System, Entrance/Exit Management Method, and Entrance/Exit Management Program

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023162041A1 (en) * 2022-02-22 2023-08-31 日本電気株式会社 Server device, system, server device control method, and storage medium
JP7315085B1 (en) 2022-12-05 2023-07-26 三菱電機ビルソリューションズ株式会社 Elevator guidance device, elevator guidance system, elevator guidance method, and elevator guidance program

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008147844A (en) * 2006-12-07 2008-06-26 Toko Electric Corp Automatic meter reading system
WO2012101770A1 (en) * 2011-01-26 2012-08-02 三菱電機株式会社 Group management control device for elevator
JP2017001803A (en) * 2015-06-09 2017-01-05 東芝エレベータ株式会社 Control device for elevator
WO2017073101A1 (en) * 2015-10-29 2017-05-04 株式会社 テクノミライ Digital smart safety system, method, and program

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008147844A (en) * 2006-12-07 2008-06-26 Toko Electric Corp Automatic meter reading system
WO2012101770A1 (en) * 2011-01-26 2012-08-02 三菱電機株式会社 Group management control device for elevator
JP2017001803A (en) * 2015-06-09 2017-01-05 東芝エレベータ株式会社 Control device for elevator
WO2017073101A1 (en) * 2015-10-29 2017-05-04 株式会社 テクノミライ Digital smart safety system, method, and program

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7501768B1 (en) 2023-10-17 2024-06-18 三菱電機ビルソリューションズ株式会社 Entrance/Exit Management System, Entrance/Exit Management Method, and Entrance/Exit Management Program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2021029086A1 (en) 2021-09-13
WO2021029035A1 (en) 2021-02-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6525229B1 (en) Digital search security system, method and program
US9373014B1 (en) Systems and methods for event monitoring using aerial drones
US9411997B1 (en) Systems and methods for tracking subjects
WO2021029086A1 (en) Digital smart guide security system, method, and program
US11749043B2 (en) Passive multi-factor access control with biometric and wireless capability
US9400902B2 (en) Multi-modal entity tracking and display
JP3946243B2 (en) Authentication system
JP5900941B1 (en) Digital future now security system, method and program
US20110130114A1 (en) Safety device for enhanced pedestrian protection
JP6529062B1 (en) DIGITAL ACCURATE SECURITY SYSTEM, METHOD, AND PROGRAM
CN112571413B (en) System and method for deploying robot security importers to enhance enterprise security
KR101981900B1 (en) Security management system using face recognition and method thereof
JP7409782B2 (en) Reception guidance system, reception guidance method
JP2006325064A (en) Wide area monitoring system
KR101887898B1 (en) Security system of apartment complex using drone and method thereof
WO2020213058A1 (en) Digital smart defense security system, method, and program
JP2006202204A (en) Entry and exit control system
CN112002052A (en) Data sharing method for smart community
JP2008025278A (en) Comings/goings management system and method
JP7244135B2 (en) Digital safety response security system, method and program
KR20220064616A (en) Security check method and system
KR101276936B1 (en) Method of controlling target and system for providing monitoring service using intelligent robot
KR101571838B1 (en) Multi functional system utilizing beacon and method for using the same
JP7127703B2 (en) Information processing device, information processing method and program
WO2023189476A1 (en) Guidance system, guidance method, and program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020500762

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19941548

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19941548

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1